Quarterlytics / Communication Services / Food Distribution / Corem Property Group

Corem Property Group

core · NASDAQ Communication Services
Claim this profile
Ticker core
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Communication Services
Industry Food Distribution
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2015 Annual Report · Corem Property Group
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Annual Report 2015

C O R E - M A R K   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 1 5

Want Fresh? Count on Core-Mark.

Core-Mark has a wide selection of programs to 

quick in and out transactions. Core-Mark partners 

help its customers on the road to fresh. Everyday 

with its customers to help them make relevant 

over 100 million people choose to shop at conve-

choices their consumers want and guide them 

nient, small format retail stores. Most of them 

down the road to fresh thereby increasing their 

choose to shop at these locations because of the 

customer’s satisfaction and their profits.

variety of merchandise, convenient location and 

Fresh Journey Map

Intro: First 
Leg – preparing 
for your trip

Coffee

”Better For 
You“ Snacks

Whole Fruit – 
Bananas

Fresh
Juice

Intro to 
second leg

Full 
Coffee 
Bar

Intro to 
Third Leg

Good Health 
To-Go Rack

Fresh 
Sandwiches

Expand 
Fluid Dairy

Breakfast 
Items

Whole & Cut 
Fruit (seasonal)

Open Air 
Cooler

Advanced 
Coffee Bar

Walk-around 
Cooler 3 – 
Expanded Food 
Options

Whole Fruit 
Display – Fresh 
Cut Fruit Mktg

Advanced 
Foodservice 
Program

Digital, 
Mobile App, 
Advertising

Beer 
and Wine

Continue on 
Your Journey 
to Fresh

Fluid Dairy 
Promotions

C O R E - M A R K   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 1 5

Letter to our Shareholders

Net Sales ($ billions)

Dear Fellow Shareholders,
Thanks to our team of dedicated and very capable associates, Core-Mark was 
able to post record results in 2015. Net Sales grew 8% to over $1 1 billion and 
Adjusted EBITDA* grew over 10% to $135 million. Our proven ability to gain 
market share and generate results has been driven by our core-values. Through 
these core values we have created an environment that is family-like and 
fosters our committed efforts to meet our customers’ needs and allows our 
pioneering spirit to drive innovation. Above all, our culture reflects a deep 
commitment to generating results for all our stakeholders and maintaining 
integrity in all that we do. These core values are the cornerstone of our 
success, and as I look back at 2015, the proof is in our increased market share, 
our stellar reputation and the growth of our business.

The convenience retail industry continues to grow and evolve as consumers’ 
demands change. The number of convenience stores in America today represents 
more than 34% of all retail locations in the country, and the number of those 
stores continues to be dominated by single store operators. In Canada, while 
convenience retail is dominated by large national chains, the industry continues 
to evolve and new store formats continue to be introduced to meet the needs 
of the Canadian consumer. With such a large industry footprint, we have, and 
must, continue to evaluate and modify what we offer our customers ensuring 
that our retailers are selling what consumers want, when and where they want 
it. The “Fresh and Good for You” foods are fast growing categories in our 
industry and reflect the changes in consumer preferences. These are categories 
and trends that we anticipated. Our marketing teams have been focused for  
a number of years on the development of retailer programs that embrace 
healthy food offerings.

Our Fresh and VCI strategies, which target these “Fresh and Good for You” 
categories, had its best year ever with incremental sales of $138 million. These 
two strategies continue to resonate with our retailers; VCI helps eliminate costs 
from our customers’ supply chain while Fresh addresses the changes in consumer 
demand. Both improve our customers’ profitability and their relevancy in the 
markets in which they compete. 

Independent retailers continue to dominate our industry, and our third strategy 
is focused on providing these operators with solutions that will best support 
their success. Our Core Solutions Group continues to focus on providing 
category management and marketing expertise through our FMI surveys which 
targets this important segment of our customer base and remains one of our 
most successful initiatives in Core-Mark’s history. Along with our Core Data 
and Core CRM solutions, we are able to create solutions for our independent 
retailers and take market share from our competitors.

The success of these three core strategies is reflected in the same store 
non-cigarette sales growth, which has increased for nineteen consecutive 
quarters. We believe that these three strategies paired with our core values 
are resulting in market share wins and improved profits while giving me 
greater confidence in our future.

[continued on next page]

Adjusted EBITDA ($ millions)

Diluted Earnings

Cash Dividends* Per Common Share

*Adjusted EBITDA, which is a non-GAAP 
measure, is equal to net income adding back 
net interest expense, provision for income 
taxes, depreciation and amortization,  
LIFO expense, stock-based compensation 
expense and net foreign currency  
transaction gains or losses.

C O R E - M A R K   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 1 5

Letter to our Shareholders

[continued] 
At the same time, tobacco is also a very important category for us. With over 85% of cigarettes being sold by 
convenience stores, we recognize that the distribution of this product is vital for our retailers. The profits produced 
by this category, provides our company with a platform for leveraging everything else we sell. Providing our retailers 
with what their customers want and focusing on their profitability is an essential aspect of our core values and a 
key component in getting the fundamentals right. 

Preparing for Future Growth

We have a long-term vision for the Company to be the market leader in the industry, and we are taking steps today 
to best position us for growth and continued success in the future. We believe that our small market share in the 
very large industry we serve, should allow us to continue to grow our business for the foreseeable future. It is our 
responsibility to ensure that we are prepared for that growth, and we take that responsibility seriously.

To that end, in 2015 we made investments in a number of areas of our business to prepare for future growth, while 
also staying focused on generating record revenues and EBITDA. We acquired and integrated Karrys Bros, in 
Ontario, Canada; we continued to leverage our new building in Ohio and moved into a new building in Sacramento. 
In addition, we expanded our frozen and chill capacity to better service those fast growing and important categories. 
We have invested in new software and have instituted a leadership training program, both of which should set us 
up for success as our organization evolves. In 2016 we will continue to invest in our business: moving into a new 
building in Las Vegas; continuing to expand our frozen and chill capacity; focusing on training the current and 
future leaders of the company; and leveraging our new systems and technology. These are all important investments 
to support our future growth and leading position in the industry.

We also take seriously our commitment to increasing shareholder value through consistent, smart capital allocation 
decisions. While we invested in our business during 2015, we also repurchased more than $9 million of our stock and 
increased our dividend for the fourth consecutive year. These decisions reflect our belief in the continued financial 
strength of our business and management’s commitment to returning value to our shareholders. 

Expanded Partnerships & the New Year Ahead

2016 is expected to be a pivotal year for Core-Mark. We’re excited about our new and expanded customer partnerships 
that will be a key contributor to our tremendous growth. We expect these partnerships will accelerate our growth 
above historical levels with revenues increasing at a rate between 21% and 25% and EBITDA growth expected between 
13% and 18%. We made a commitment to a seamless transition for all our new customers including Murphy USA, 
7-Eleven and the 800+ new stores representing the aggregate of additional new customer wins. Through impressive 
execution, this year we have already successfully rolled out 1,300 Murphy stores, as well as the 800+ new locations 
for our other customers. As we look ahead, we expect to continue our success in onboarding 7-Eleven in the fall 
when we will begin delivering to approximately 900 of their stores out of three western divisions. 

This is a year in which we will be focused on the fundamentals as we take on significant additional volume. As 
always, we know our success will depend, to a large degree, on operational excellence. I am confident that our 
focus on our core strategies paired with our commitment to our core values will result in an excellent year.

I look forward to meeting many of you throughout the year and thank you for your continued support. 

Thomas B. Perkins 
President and Chief Executive Officer

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION  
Washington, DC 20549  

FORM 10-K 

 

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 OR 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934  

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2015  

 

Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934  

For the transition period from                      to                     .   

Commission File Number: 000-51515 
Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc.  
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)  

Delaware 
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

20-1489747 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

395 Oyster Point Boulevard, Suite 415
South San Francisco, California 94080 
(Address of Principal Executive Offices, including Zip Code)

(650) 589-9445 
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code)

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:   

Title of each class  
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share

Name of each exchange 
on which registered  
NASDAQ Global Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.   
Yes   No     

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the 
Act.    Yes      No    

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  (1) has  filed  all  reports  required  to  be  filed  by  Section 13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities 
Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), 
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes      No    

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  and  posted  on  its  corporate  Web  site,  if  any,  every 
Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted  and  posted  pursuant  to  Rule  405  of  Regulation  S-T  during  the  preceding  12  months 
(or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes      No   

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not 
be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III 
of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  or  a  smaller 
reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 
of the Exchange Act.    

Large accelerated filer   
Non-accelerated filer     

Accelerated filer   
Smaller reporting company   

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes      No    

State  the  aggregate  market  value  of  the  voting  and  non-voting  common  equity  held  by  non-affiliates  computed  by  reference  to  the 
price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked price of such common equity, as of June 30, 2015, the 
last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter:  $1,331,526,257  

As of February 12, 2016, the registrant had 23,142,308 shares of its common stock outstanding.  

 
 
  
  
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE  

The information called for by Part III of this Form 10-K will be included in an amendment to this Form 10-K or incorporated by 

reference to the registrant’s 2016 definitive proxy statement to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A. 

 
FORM 10-K 

FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2015  

TABLE OF CONTENTS  

ITEM 1. 

BUSINESS 

ITEM 1A. 

RISK FACTORS 

ITEM 1B. 

UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

ITEM 2. 

PROPERTIES 

ITEM 3. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

ITEM 4. 

MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

PART I

PART II

ITEM 5. 

MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 
AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

ITEM 6. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

ITEM 7. 

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS 
OF OPERATIONS 

ITEM 7A. 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

ITEM 9. 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND 
FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

ITEM 9A. 

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

ITEM 9B. 

OTHER INFORMATION 

ITEM 10. 

DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

ITEM 11. 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

PART III

ITEM 12. 

ITEM 13. 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR 
INDEPENDENCE 

ITEM 14. 

PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES 

PART IV

ITEM 15. 

EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

Page

1 

9 

15 

16 

17 

17 

18 

21 

23 

40 

41 

77 

77 

77 

78 

78 

78 

78 

78 

79 

i 

 
 
 
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS  

Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K that are not statements of historical fact are forward-looking statements made 

pursuant to the safe-harbor provisions of the Exchange Act of 1934 and the Securities Act of 1933. 

Forward-looking statements in some cases can be identified by the use of words such as “may,” “will,” “should,” “potential,” 
“intend,” “expect,” “seek,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “believe,” “could,” “would,” “project,” “predict,” “continue,” “plan,” “propose” 
or other similar words or expressions. Forward-looking statements are made only as of the date of this Form 10-K and are based on 
our  current  intent,  beliefs,  plans  and  expectations.  They  involve  risks  and  uncertainties  that  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ 
materially from historical results or those described in or implied by such forward-looking statements. 

A detailed discussion of risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results and events to differ materially from such forward-
looking statements is included in Part I, Item 1A, “Risk Factors” of this Form 10-K. We undertake no obligation to update or revise 
any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. 

SEC Regulation - Non-GAAP Information 

The financial statements in this Annual Report are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the 
United  States  of  America  (GAAP).  Core-Mark  Holding  Company,  Inc.  (Core-Mark)  uses  certain  non-GAAP  financial  measures 
including remaining gross profit, remaining gross profit margin, Adjusted EBITDA and net sales, less excise taxes. We believe these 
non-GAAP financial measures provide meaningful supplemental information for investors regarding the performance of our business 
and  facilitate  a  meaningful  period  to  period  evaluation.  Management  uses  these  non-GAAP  financial  measures  in  order  to  have 
comparable  financial  results  to  analyze  changes  in  Core-Mark’s  underlying  business.  These  non-GAAP  measures  should  be 
considered as a supplement to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. 

ii 

 
ITEM 1. 

BUSINESS 

PART I  

Unless the context indicates otherwise, all references in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to “Core-Mark,” “the Company,” 

“we,” “us,” or “our” refer to Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. and its subsidiaries.  

Company Overview  

Core-Mark  is  one  of  the  largest  wholesale  distributors  to  the  convenience  retail  industry  in  North  America,  providing  sales, 
marketing, distribution and logistics services to over 36,500 customer locations across the United States (U.S.) and Canada through 28 
distribution centers (excluding two distribution facilities we operate as a third party logistics provider). Our origins date back to 1888, 
when Glaser Bros., a family-owned-and-operated candy and tobacco distribution business, was founded in San Francisco, California.  

Our mission is to be the most valued marketer of fresh and broad-line supply solutions to the convenience retail industry. While 
the past century has brought incredible changes to our business and the world in which we operate, our goal is the same today as it was 
over 125 years ago - to provide customers with the best possible service and to help them grow their sales and profits. We have grown 
our business organically and through acquisitions which have expanded our distribution network, product selection and customer base.  

Core-Mark  has  become  one  of  two  national  distributors  to  the  convenience  store  industry  in  the  U.S.  and  is  the  largest  in 
Canada. The national market presence we have established rests primarily with our ability to service customers in every geographic 
region within the U.S. through 24 distribution centers and servicing customers in Canada with our four Canadian distribution centers. 

We  operate  in  an  industry  where,  in  2014,  based  on  the  National  Association  of  Convenience  Stores  (NACS)  State  of  the 
Industry (SOI) report, total in-store sales at convenience retail locations in the U.S. increased 4.7% to approximately $213.5 billion 
and were generated through approximately 153,000 stores. Over the ten years from 2005 through the end of 2014, U.S. convenience 
in-store sales have increased by a compounded annual growth rate of approximately 3.5%. Based on the Canadian Convenience Store 
Association (CCSA) 2014 Industry report, we estimate that total Canadian in-store sales at convenience locations were approximately 
C$25.1 billion generated through approximately 25,000 stores. 

2015 Company Highlights 

Net income grew from $33.9 million in 2012 to $51.5 million in 2015, or approximately 15% compounded annually. Our net 
sales grew from $8.9 billion in 2012 to $11.1 billion in 2015, yielding an annual compounded growth rate of approximately 8%, while 
our annual Adjusted EBITDA(1) increased from $100.8 million to $135.2 million, or approximately 10%, compounded annually during 
the  same  period.  Our  growth  has  been  driven  primarily  by  our  business  strategies  described  more  fully  below.  We  believe  these 
strategies have positioned us to continue to grow our approximate 5% market share of total in-store sales within the convenience store 
channel in North America and to take advantage of growth opportunities with other retail store formats. Below are key highlights of 
the year: 

•      In  October  2015,  we  signed  a  five  year  agreement  with  Murphy  USA  to  be  the  primary  wholesale  distributor  to  over 
1,300 stores located in 23 states across the Southwest, Southeast and Midwest United States. We expect services under this contract 
will create efficiencies and a strategic supply chain relationship for Murphy USA. 

•      In October 2015, we signed a five year supply agreement with 7-Eleven, Inc. to service approximately 900 stores in three 
western  regions.  Core-Mark  will  be  the  primary  wholesale  distributor  delivering  a  wide  range  of  products  to  these  stores  out  of 
three of our divisions - Las Vegas, Nevada, Salt Lake City, Utah and Sacramento, California.  

•      In July 2015, we amended our contract with Rite Aid to expand our service to include other product categories in addition 

to the frozen, refrigerated, bakery and fresh food categories, which we began delivering in June 2014.  

•      In  February  2015,  we  acquired  substantially  all  the  assets  of  Karrys  Bros.,  Limited  (Karrys  Bros.),  a  regional  distributor 
servicing customers in Ontario, Canada, and the surrounding provinces. The acquisition of Karrys Bros. has provided the opportunity 
to  expand  our  market  share  in  eastern  Canada  and  contribute  to  the  leverage  of  fixed  costs  and  improved  profitability  in  our 
Toronto division. 

•      We continue to transition portions of our fleet to Compressed Natural Gas (CNG), which allows us to reduce our carbon 
footprint and lower our transportation costs. To date, we have opened seven CNG stations, two of which we own, located in Wilkes-
Barre, Pennsylvania and Corona, California, and the other five are operated in partnership with U.S. Oil and are located in Aurora, 
Colorado, Forrest City, Arkansas, Sanford, North Carolina, Atlanta, Georgia and Tampa, Florida under the name GAIN Clean Fuel 
(GAIN). In addition to providing fuel to our fleet, the GAIN stations are also open to other public fleets for fueling.  
________________________________________ 
(1) 

Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure and should be considered as a supplement to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures calculated 
in  accordance  with  GAAP.  Adjusted  EBITDA  is  equal  to  net  income  adding  back  net  interest  expense,  provision  for  income  taxes,  depreciation  and 
amortization, LIFO expense, stock-based compensation expense and net foreign currency transaction gains or losses. See Item 6 - Selected Financial Data for 
the reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income. 

1 

Business Strategy 

Our objective is to increase overall return to stockholders by growing our market share, revenues and profitability. As one of the 
largest  marketers  of  fresh  and  broad-line  supply  solutions  to  the  convenience  retail  industry  in  North  America,  with  the  proven 
capability of effectively selling into other retail channels, we believe we are well-positioned to continue meeting this objective. Our 
business strategy also includes the following initiatives, designed to further enhance the value we provide to our retail customers: 

Leverage our Vendor Consolidation Initiative (VCI). We expect our VCI program will allow us to continue to grow our sales 
by capitalizing on the highly fragmented supply chain that services the convenience retail industry. A convenience retailer generally 
receives store merchandise through a large number of direct-store deliveries. This represents a highly inefficient and costly process for 
retailers. Our VCI program targets inefficiencies in the convenience store supply chain by offering the retailer the ability to receive 
multiple  weekly  deliveries  for  the  bulk  of  their  products,  including  dairy  and  other  merchandise  they  purchased  from  direct-store 
delivery  companies.  This  simplifies  the  supply  chain  and  provides  retailers  with  an  opportunity  to  improve  inventory  turns  and 
working capital, reduce operational and transaction costs, and greatly diminish their out-of-stocks on best-selling items. 

Deliver  Fresh  Products  (Fresh).  We  believe  there  is  an  increasing  trend  among  consumers  to  purchase  fresh  food  from 
convenience and other retail store formats. To meet this demand, we have modified and upgraded our refrigerated capacity, including 
investing  in  chill  docks,  which  is  a  temperature  controlled  environment,  and  tri-temperature  (tri-temp)  trailers,  which  provide  the 
infrastructure to deliver a significant range of chilled items including milk, produce and other fresh foods to retail outlets. We have 
established  partnerships  with  strategically-located  dairies,  fresh  kitchens  and  bakeries  to  further  enable  us  to  deliver  the  freshest 
product  possible,  with  premium  consumer  items  such  as  sandwiches,  wraps,  cut-fruit,  parfaits,  pastries,  doughnuts,  bread  and 
home meal  replacement  solutions.  We  continue  to  expand  the  array  of  fresh  products  through  the  development  of  unique  and 
comprehensive marketing and equipment programs that assist the retailer in showcasing their fresh product offering. We believe our 
investments  in  infrastructure,  combined  with  our  strategically  located  suppliers  and  in-house  expertise,  position  us  as  the  leader  in 
providing  fresh  products  and  programs  to  the  convenience  retail  industry.  Proper  execution  of  VCI,  the  cornerstone  being  dairy 
distribution, provides Core-Mark the critical mass necessary to offer retailers a multiple weekly delivery platform, which facilitates 
the proper handling and dating of fresh products. We believe that fresh items are increasingly driving consumer decisions, and will 
continue to be an important category. 

Leverage our Focused Marketing Initiative (FMI). Designed to enhance our relationship with our independent customer base 
and  to  further  differentiate  us  in  the  market  place,  our  FMI  program  is  centered  on  increasing  the  sales  and  profitability  of  the 
independent store through improved category insights, optimized retail price strategy and demographic decision-making, along with 
providing Core-Mark’s marketing solutions to create a comprehensive retail marketing strategy. We believe our innovative approach, 
which  focuses  on  building  a  trusted  partnership  with  our  customers,  has  established  us  as  the  market  leader  in  providing  valuable 
marketing and supply chain solutions to the convenience retail industry. 

Acquisitions and Expansion. We believe there is significant opportunity to increase our market presence and revenue growth 
through  strategic  and  opportunistic  acquisitions,  including  continued  expansion  of  our  presence  nationally.  We  completed  six 
acquisitions  and  added  three  additional  warehouses  between  2006  and  2015,  which  expanded  our  distribution  network,  product 
selection  and  customer  base.  We  will  continue  to  be  opportunistic  in  pursuing  acquisitions  that  allow  further  leveraging  of  our 
geographic footprint and bring Fresh and VCI to a broader customer base. 

Competitive Strengths  

We believe we have the following fundamental competitive strengths, which form the foundation for our business strategy: 

Innovation and  Flexibility.  Wholesale  distributors  typically  provide  convenience  retailers  access  to  a  broad  product  line,  the 
ability  to  place  small  quantity  orders,  inventory  management  and  access  to  trade  credit.  Our  capability  to  increase  sales  and 
profitability  with  existing  and  new  customers  is  based  on  our  ability  to  deliver  consistently  high  levels  of  service,  innovative 
marketing programs, technology solutions and logistics support. We believe we are one of the first to recognize emerging trends and 
to offer retailers our unique strategic solutions such as VCI, Fresh and FMI. 

2 

Distribution  Capabilities.  The  wholesale  distribution  industry  is  highly  fragmented  and  historically  has  consisted  of  a  large 
number  of  small,  privately-owned  businesses  and  a  small  number  of  large,  full-service  wholesale  distributors  serving  multiple 
geographic regions. Relative to smaller competitors, large national distributors such as Core-Mark benefit from several competitive 
advantages including: increased purchasing power, the ability to service large national chain accounts, economies of scale in sales and 
operations,  and  the  resources  to  invest  in  information  technology  and  other  productivity-enhancing  technologies.  Our  wholesale 
distributing  capabilities  provide  valuable  services  to  both  manufacturers  of  consumer  products  and  convenience  retailers. 
Manufacturers benefit from our broad retail coverage, inventory management, efficiency in processing small orders and frequency of 
deliveries.  Convenience  retailers  benefit  from  our  distribution  capabilities  by  gaining  access  to  a  broad  product  line,  optimizing 
inventory management and accessing trade credit. 

Customers  

We  service  over  36,500  customer  locations in  50  states  in  the  U.S.  and  five  Canadian  provinces. Our  primary  customer  base 
consists of traditional convenience stores as well as alternative outlets selling consumer packaged goods. Our traditional convenience 
store customers include many of the major national and super-regional convenience store operators, as well as independently owned 
convenience stores. Our alternative outlet customers comprise a variety of store formats, including grocery stores, drug stores, liquor 
stores,  cigarette  and  tobacco shops,  hotel  gift  shops,  military  exchanges,  college  and  corporate  campuses,  casinos, hardware  stores, 
airport concessions and other specialty and small format stores that carry convenience products. 

Our top ten customers accounted for 37.4% of our net sales in 2015 including Alimentation Couche-Tard, Inc. (Couche-Tard), 

our largest customer, which accounted for 14.2% of our total net sales. 

Products  

We purchase a variety of brand name and private label products, in excess of 54,000 stock keeping units (SKUs), from suppliers 
and manufacturers. Cigarette products represent less than 5% of our total SKUs purchased. We offer customers a variety of food/non-
food products, including fast food, candy, snacks, groceries, fresh products, dairy, bread, beverages, other tobacco products, general 
merchandise and health and beauty care products. 

Below is a comparison of our net sales mix by primary product category for the last three years (in millions): 

Product Category 

Cigarettes 

Food 
Candy (1) 
Other tobacco products 
Health, beauty & general (1) 
Beverages 
Equipment/other 

Total food/non-food products 

Total net sales 

Year Ended December 31, 

2015

2014

2013

Net Sales  

% of Net 
Sales

  Net Sales  

% of Net 
Sales 

   Net Sales  

% of Net 
Sales

$ 7,528.5  

68.0%   $ 6,942.0  

67.5%   $  6,642.0  

68.0%

1,586.1  
557.0  
870.3  
368.8  
156.6  
2.1  

3,540.9  

14.3
5.0
8.0
3.3
1.4
—  

1,462.0  
534.3  
827.5  
361.0  
151.8  
1.5  

14.2
5.2
8.1
3.5
1.5
—   

1,342.3  
513.2  
787.8  
341.3  
139.1  
1.9  

13.7
5.3
8.1
3.5
1.4
—

32.0%  

3,338.1  

32.5%   

3,125.6  

32.0%

$ 11,069.4  

100.0%   $ 10,280.1  

100.0%   $  9,767.6  

100.0%

_____________________________________________ 
(1)  

In 2014, certain products were moved from the Candy category to the Health, beauty & general category to align them with the industry classifications used by 
the NACS. The 2013 presentation has been realigned to reflect these changes. Without the changes, net sales for Candy would have been $527.2 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2013. Net sales for Health, beauty & general products would have been $327.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. 

Cigarette  Products.  We  purchase  cigarette  products  from  major  U.S.  and  Canadian  manufacturers.  We  have  no  long-term 
cigarette  purchase  agreements  and  buy  substantially  all  of  our  products  on  an  as-needed  basis.  Cigarette  manufacturers  historically 
offer structured incentive programs to wholesalers based on maintaining market share and executing promotional programs. Net sales 
of the cigarettes category grew 8.4% in 2015 to $7,528.5 million, accounting for approximately 68.0% of our total net sales and 28.3% 
of  our  total  gross  profit  in  2015.  We  control  major  purchases  of  cigarettes  centrally  to  optimize  inventory  levels  and  purchasing 
opportunities, and the daily replenishment of inventory and brand selection is controlled by our distribution centers. 

3 

  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
In 2015 our cigarette carton sales in the U.S. and Canada, increased 6.4% and 9.1%, respectively, benefiting from market share 
gains, including the addition of Karrys Bros. In the industry overall, U.S. and Canadian cigarette consumption steadily declined over 
the last decade. Based on data compiled from the U.S. Department of Agriculture - Economic Research Service and provided by the 
Tobacco  Merchants  Association  (TMA),  total  cigarette  consumption  in  the  U.S  declined  from  394  billion  cigarettes  in  2005  to 
269 billion  cigarettes  in  2014,  or  a  compounded  annual  decline  of  approximately  4.2%.  Total  cigarette  consumption  declined  in 
Canada from 33 billion cigarettes in 2005 to 27 billion cigarettes in 2014, or a compounded annual decline of approximately 2.2% 
based on statistics provided by the TMA. Although we anticipate overall cigarette consumption will continue to decline, we expect to 
offset  these  declines  through  market  share  expansion,  growth  in  our  non-cigarette  categories  and  incremental  gross  profit  from 
cigarette manufacturer price increases. We expect cigarette manufacturers will continue to raise prices as carton sales decline in order 
to maintain or enhance their overall profitability. 

Excise  taxes  are  levied  on  cigarettes  and  other  tobacco  products  by  the  U.S.  and  Canadian  federal  governments  and  are  also 
imposed by various states, localities and provinces. We collect state, local, and provincial excise taxes from our customers and remit 
these amounts to the appropriate authorities based on the credit terms, if applicable, extended by each jurisdiction. Net sales and cost 
of  sales  included  offsetting  amounts  of  approximately  $2.2  billion  related  to  state,  local  and  provincial  excise  taxes  in  2015,  and 
approximately $2.1 billion in 2014 and 2013. 

Food/Non-food Products. Our food products include fast food, candy, snacks, groceries, beverages and fresh products such as 
sandwiches, juices, salads, produce, dairy and bread. Our non-food products include cigars, tobacco, health and beauty care products, 
general  merchandise  and  equipment.  Net  sales  of  the  combined  food/non-food  product  categories  grew  6.1%  in  2015  to 
$3,540.9 million, which was 32.0% of our total net sales driven primarily by incremental sales to existing customers and market share 
gains including the acquisition of Karrys Bros. Sales generated from VCI, Fresh and FMI were the primary drivers of the increased 
sales to existing customers. Gross profit for food/non-food categories grew $39.1 million, or 9.3%, to $457.4 million in 2015, which 
was 71.7% of our total gross profit. In order to take advantage of the significantly higher margins earned by food/non-food products, 
two of our key business strategies, VCI and Fresh, focus primarily on the highest margin categories in the food/non-food group. More 
specifically,  sales  in  the  food  category  grew  8.5%  to  $1,586.1  million,  the  largest  contributor  to  our  overall  food/non-food  sales 
improvement. Our strategy is to continue to grow food/non-food products through our VCI, Fresh, and FMI strategies. 

Our Suppliers  

We  purchase  products  for  resale  from  approximately  4,400  trade  suppliers  and  manufacturers  located  across  the  U.S.  and 
Canada.  In  2015,  we  purchased  approximately  64%  of  our  products  from  our  top  20  suppliers,  with  our  top  two  suppliers,  Philip 
Morris USA, Inc. and R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company, accounting for approximately 29% and 17% of our purchases, respectively. 
We  coordinate  our  purchasing  from  suppliers  by  negotiating,  on  a  corporate-wide  basis,  special  arrangements  to  obtain  volume 
discounts and additional incentives, while also taking advantage of promotional and marketing incentives offered to us as a wholesale 
distributor.  In  addition,  buyers  in  each  of  our  distribution  facilities  purchase  products  directly  from  the  manufacturers,  improving 
product mix and availability for individual markets. 

Operations  

As of December 31, 2015, we operated a network of 28 distribution centers in the U.S. and Canada (excluding two distribution 
facilities we operate as a third party logistics provider). Twenty-four of our distribution centers are located in the U.S. and four are 
located  in  Canada. During  2015, we  transitioned  customers  from  our U.S.  distribution center  at  Grants  Pass,  Oregon  to  two  of our 
existing U.S. distribution centers to maximize supply chain efficiencies and optimize product sales. 

4 

The map below depicts the scope of our operations and the names of our distribution centers. 

We  operate  four  consolidation  centers  which  buy  products  from  our  suppliers  in  bulk  quantities  and  then  re-distribute  the 
products  to  many  of  our other  distribution centers. The products  purchased  by our  consolidation  centers  include frozen  and  chilled 
items, candy, snacks, beverages, health and beauty care and general merchandise products. We operate two additional facilities as a 
third  party  logistics  provider.  One  distribution  facility  located  in  Phoenix,  Arizona,  referred  to  as  the  Arizona  Distribution  Center 
(ADC), is dedicated solely to supporting the logistics and management requirements of one of our major customers, Couche-Tard. The 
second distribution facility located in San Antonio, Texas, referred to as the Retail Distribution Center (RDC), is dedicated solely to 
supporting another major customer, CST Brands, Inc. 

Our proprietary Distribution Center Management System platform provides our distribution centers with the flexibility to adapt 
rapidly to changing business needs and allows them to provide our customers with necessary information technology requirements and 
integration capabilities. 

Distribution  

At  December 31,  2015,  we  had  approximately  1,600  transportation  department  personnel,  including  delivery  drivers,  shuttle 
drivers, routers, training supervisors and managers who focus on achieving safe, on-time deliveries. Our daily orders are picked and 
loaded nightly in reverse order of scheduled delivery. At December 31, 2015, our trucking fleet consisted of over 870 tractors, trucks 
and vans, most of which were leased. We have made a significant investment over the past few years in upgrading our trailer fleet to 
tri-temp, which gives us the capability to deliver frozen, chilled and non-refrigerated goods in one delivery. As of December 31, 2015, 
approximately  86%  of  our  trailers  were  tri-temp,  with  the  remainder  capable  of  delivering  refrigerated  and  non-refrigerated  foods. 
This provides us the multiple temperature zone capability needed to support our focus on delivering fresh products to our customers. 
We continue to convert a portion of our fleet to CNG tractors which will allow us to purchase more environmentally friendly fuel, 
reduce our carbon footprint and lower our transportation costs. At December 31, 2015, we had 210 CNG tractors.  

Competition  

Competition within the industry is based primarily on the range and quality of the services provided, price, product selection and 
the reliability of wholesalers’ logistics. We operate from a perspective that focuses heavily on flexibility and providing outstanding 
customer  service  through  our  distribution  centers,  order  fulfillment  rates,  on-time  delivery,  innovative  marketing  solutions  and 
merchandising support as well as competitive pricing. 

5 

 
We believe McLane Company, Inc., a subsidiary of Berkshire Hathaway Inc., and Core-Mark are the two largest convenience 
wholesale  distributors  (measured  by  annual  sales)  in  North  America.  There  are  two  other  large  regional  companies  that  provide 
products to specific areas of the country: The H.T. Hackney Company in the Southeast and the Eby-Brown Company in the Midwest 
and  Mid-Atlantic  regions.  In  addition,  there  are  hundreds  of  local  distributors  serving  small  regional  chains  and  independent 
convenience retailers. In Canada, in addition to Core-Mark, there is one large national company, Wallace & Carey, Inc., one regional 
company  which  services  the  Manitoba,  Saskatchewan  and  Alberta  markets,  Pratts  Wholesale  Limited,  and  one  large  national 
convenience store and grocery wholesaler, Sobeys Inc., aside from Core-Mark, that make up the competitive landscape. 

Beyond the traditional wholesale supply channels, we face potential competition from at least three other supply avenues. First, 
certain  manufacturers  such  as  Anheuser-Busch  Companies,  Inc.,  MillerCoors  LLC,  The  Coca-Cola  Company,  Frito-Lay,  Inc.,  a 
division of PepsiCo, Inc. (PepsiCo) and PepsiCo deliver their products directly to convenience retailers. Secondly, club wholesalers 
such  as  Costco  Wholesale  Corporation  (Costco)  and  Sam’s  West,  Inc.  (Sam’s  Club)  provide  a  limited  selection  of  products  at 
generally competitive prices; however, they often have limited delivery options and limited services. Finally, some large convenience 
retail chains self-distribute products due to the geographic density of their stores and their belief that they can economically service 
such locations. 

We  face  competition  from  the  diversion  into  the  U.S.  and  Canadian  markets  of  cigarettes  intended  for  sale  outside  of  such 
markets, including the sale of cigarettes in non-taxable jurisdictions, inter-state/provincial and international smuggling of cigarettes, 
the sale of counterfeit cigarettes by third parties, increased imports of foreign low priced brands, the sale of cigarettes by third parties 
over  the  internet  and  by  other  means  designed  to  avoid  collection  of  applicable  taxes.  The  competitive  environment  has  been 
characterized by a continued influx of cheap products and tobacco alternatives, including electronic cigarettes that challenge sales of 
higher priced and fully taxed cigarettes. 

Working Capital Practices  

We sell products on credit terms to our customers that averaged, as measured by days sales outstanding, about nine days for each 
of  2015,  2014  and  2013.  Credit  terms  may  impact  pricing  and  are  competitive  within  our  industry.  Many  of  our  customers  remit 
payment  electronically,  which  facilitates  efficient  and  timely  monitoring  of  payment  risk.  Canadian  days  sales  outstanding  in 
receivables tend to be lower as Canadian industry practice is for shorter credit terms than in the U.S. 

We  maintain  our  inventory  of  products  based  on  the  level  of  sales  of  the  particular  product  and  manufacturer  replenishment 
cycles.  The  number  of  days  a  particular  item  of  inventory  remains  in  our  distribution  centers  varies  by  product  and  is  principally 
driven by the turnover of that product and economic order quantities. We typically order and carry in inventory additional amounts of 
certain critical products to assure high order fulfillment levels for these items. Periodically, we may carry higher levels of inventory to 
take advantage of anticipated manufacturer price increases. The number of days of cost of sales in inventory averaged about 16 days in 
each of 2015, 2014 and 2013 with the cigarette category averaging ten days and food/non-food categories averaging 29 days. 

We  obtain  terms  from  our  vendors  and  certain  taxing  jurisdictions  based  on  industry  practices,  consistent  with  our  credit 
standing.  We  take  advantage  of  the  full  complement  of  term  offerings,  which  may  include  enhanced  cash  discounts  for  earlier 
payment  or  prepayment.  Terms  for  our  accounts  payable  and  cigarette  and  tobacco  taxes  payable  range  anywhere  from  three  days 
prepaid to 60 days credit. Days payable outstanding for both categories, excluding the impact of prepayments, during each of 2015, 
2014 and 2013 averaged about 11 days. 

6 

Employees 

The  following  chart  provides  a  breakdown  of  our  employees  by  function  and  geographic  region  (including  employees  at  our 

third party logistics facilities) as of December 31, 2015: 

TOTAL EMPLOYEES BY BUSINESS FUNCTION 

Sales and Marketing 
Warehousing and Distribution 
Management, Administration, Finance and Purchasing 

Total Categories 

U.S.

Canada 

Total

1,325  
4,032  
697  
6,054  

93  
362  
146  
601  

1,418
4,394
843
6,655

Three of our distribution centers, Hayward, Las Vegas and Calgary, have employees who are covered by collective bargaining 
agreements  with  local  affiliates  of  The  International  Brotherhood  of  Teamsters  (Hayward  and  Las  Vegas)  and  United  Food  and 
Commercial  Workers  (Calgary).  Approximately  276  employees,  or  4%  of  our  workforce,  are  unionized.  There  have  been  no 
disruptions  in  customer  service,  strikes,  work  stoppages  or  slowdowns  as  a  result  of  union  activities,  and  we  believe  we  have 
satisfactory relations with our employees. 

Regulation  

As  a  distributor  of  food  products  in  the  U.S.,  we  are  subject  to  the  Federal  Food,  Drug  and  Cosmetic  Act  and  regulations 
promulgated  by  the  U.S.  Food  and  Drug  Administration  (FDA).  In  Canada,  similar  standards  related  to  food  and  over-the-counter 
medications  are  governed  by  Health  Canada.  The  products  we  distribute  are  also  subject  to  federal,  state,  provincial  and  local 
regulation  through  such  measures  as  the  licensing  of  our  facilities,  enforcement  by  state,  provincial  and  local  health  agencies  of 
relevant standards for the products we distribute and regulation of our trade practices in connection with the sale of our products. Our 
facilities  are  inspected  periodically  by  federal,  state,  provincial  and  local  authorities,  including  the  Occupational  Safety  and  Health 
Administration under the U.S. Department of Labor (OSHA), which require us to comply with certain health and safety standards to 
protect our employees.  

We  are  also  subject  to  regulation  by  the  U.S.  and  Canadian  Departments  of  Transportation,  which  regulate  transportation  of 
perishable  goods,  and  similar  state,  provincial  and  local  agencies.  Our  distribution  centers  in  the  U.S.  and  Canada  are  subject  to  a 
broad spectrum of federal, state, provincial and local environmental protection statutes including those that govern the emissions to 
air, soil and water, and the disposal of hazardous substances.  

Our policy is to comply with all regulatory and legal requirements and management is not aware of any related issues that may 

have a material effect upon our business, financial condition or results of operations. 

Registered Trademarks  

We  have  registered  trademarks  including  the  following:  Arcadia  Bay®,  Arcadia  Bay  Coffee  Company®,  Cable  Car®,  Core-

Mark®, Core-Mark International®, Core Solutions Group®, EMERALD®, Java Street®, and SmartStock®. 

Segment and Geographic Information  

We have two operating and geographic segments – the U.S. and Canada. See Note 16 - Segment and Geographic Information 

to our consolidated financial statements. 

Seasonality 

We  typically  generate  slightly  higher  net  sales  and  gross  profits  during  the  warm  weather  months  (April  through  September) 
than in other times throughout the year. We believe this occurs because the convenience store industry tends to be busier due to timing 
of vacations and increase in travel during this period. 

Corporate and Available Information  

Our corporate headquarters is located at 395 Oyster Point Boulevard, Suite 415, South San Francisco, California, 94080 and our 

telephone number is (650) 589-9445. 

7 

  
  
 
 
Our internet website address is www.core-mark.com. We provide free access to various reports that we file with or furnish to the 
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after they have been filed or 
furnished.  These  reports  include, but  are not  limited  to, our  annual reports on  Form  10-K, quarterly  reports  on Form  10-Q,  current 
reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports. Our SEC reports can be accessed through the “Investor Relations” section 
of  our  website  under  “Financials  and  Filings,”  or  through  www.sec.gov.  Further,  a  copy  of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  is 
located at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington D.C. 20549. Information on the operation of the Public 
Reference Room can be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. 

Also  available  on  our  website  are  printable  versions  of  Core-Mark’s  Audit  Committee  Charter,  Compensation  Committee 
Charter,  Nominating  and  Corporate  Governance  Committee  Charter,  Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics,  Corporate  Governance 
Guidelines and Principles and other corporate information. Copies of these documents may also be requested from: 

Core-Mark International  
395 Oyster Point Blvd, Suite 415  
South San Francisco, CA 94080  
Attention: Investor Relations  

Corporate Governance--Code of Business Conduct and Ethics and Whistle Blower Policy: 

Our  Code  of  Business  Conduct  and  Ethics  is  designed  to  promote  honest,  ethical  and  lawful  conduct  by  all  employees, 
officers and  directors  and  is  available  on  the  “Investor  Relations”  section  of  our  website  at  www.core-mark.com  under 
“Corporate Governance.” 

Additionally,  the  Audit  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Directors  (Audit  Committee)  of  Core-Mark  has  established  procedures 
to receive,  retain,  investigate  and  act  on  complaints  and  concerns  of  employees,  stockholders  and  others  regarding  accounting, 
internal accounting  controls  and  auditing  matters,  including  complaints  regarding  attempted  or  actual  circumvention  of  internal 
accounting controls or complaints regarding violations of our accounting policies. The procedures are also described on our website at 
www.core-mark.com under “Corporate Governance” in the “Investor Relations” section. 

8 

 
ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS  

Our business is subject to a variety of risks. Set forth below are certain of the important risks that we face, the occurrence of 

which may have a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. 

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry  

We  are  dependent on  the  convenience  retail  industry,  and our  results  of  operations  could  suffer  if  it  experiences  an overall 
decline or consolidation. 

The  majority  of  our  sales  are  made  under  purchase  orders  and  short-term  contracts  with  convenience  retail  stores  which 
inherently  involve  significant  risks.  These  risks  include  declining  sales  in  the  convenience  retail  industry  due  to  general  economic 
conditions, including rising gasoline prices, which may impact “in-store” retail sales, competition from grocery stores and other retail 
outlets,  termination  of  customer  relationships  and  consolidation  of  our  customer  base.  Such  events  could  cause  us  to  experience 
decreases in revenues and put pressure on our margins. In addition, any decline in the convenience store industry may place a number 
of our convenience retail customers under financial stress, which could increase our credit risk and potential bad debt exposure. 

Many of the markets in which we compete are highly competitive and we may lose market share and suffer a decline in sales 
and profitability in these markets if we are unable to outperform our competition. 

Our distribution centers operate in highly competitive markets. We face competition from local, regional and national tobacco 
and consumable products distributors on the basis of service, price, reliability, delivery schedules, and variety of products offered. We 
also  face  competition  from  club  stores  and  alternate  sources  that  sell  consumable  products  to  convenience  retailers.  Some  of  our 
competitors,  including  McLane  Company,  Inc.  (a  subsidiary  of  Berkshire  Hathaway  Inc.),  have  substantial  financial  resources  and 
long-standing customer relationships. In addition, heightened competition among our existing competitors, or by new entrants into the 
distribution market, could create additional competitive pressures that may reduce our margins and adversely affect our business. If we 
fail to successfully respond to these competitive pressures or to implement our strategies effectively, we may lose market share and 
our results of operations could suffer. 

Our failure to maintain relationships with large customers could potentially harm our business. 

We  have  relationships  with  many  large  regional  and  national  convenience  store  chains.  While  we  expect  to  maintain  these 
relationships for the foreseeable future, any termination, non-renewal or reduction in services that we provide to such customers could 
cause our revenues and operating results to suffer. 

We may lose business if manufacturers or large retail customers convert to direct distribution of their products. 

In the past, certain large manufacturers and customers have elected to engage in direct distribution or third party distribution of 
their  products  and  eliminate  wholesale  distributors  such  as  Core-Mark.  If  other  manufacturers  or  retail  customers  make  similar 
elections  in  the  future, our revenues  and profits  would be  adversely  affected  and  there  can be no  assurance  that  we  will  be  able to 
mitigate such losses. 

Our business is sensitive to fuel prices and related transportation costs, which could adversely affect our business. 

Our operating results are sensitive to, and may be adversely affected by, unexpected increases in fuel or other transportation-
related costs, including costs from the use of third party carriers, temporary staff and overtime. Historically, we have been able to pass 
on  a  substantial  portion  of  increases  in  our  own  fuel  or  other  transportation  costs  to  our  customers  in  the  form  of  fuel  or  delivery 
surcharges, but our ability to continue to pass through these increases, is not assured. If we are unable to continue to pass on fuel and 
transportation-related cost increases to our customers or do not realize the benefits we expect from converting a large percentage of 
our trucks to operate on natural gas or incur higher expenses if the price of diesel fuel decreases but the price of natural gas does not 
similarly decrease, our operating results could be materially and adversely affected. 

Cigarette and consumable goods distribution is a low-margin business sensitive to inflation and deflation. 

We derive most of our revenues from the distribution of cigarettes, other tobacco products, candy, snacks, fast food, groceries, 
fresh products,  dairy, beverages, general  merchandise  and  health  and  beauty  care products. Our  industry  is  characterized by  a high 
volume of sales with low profit margins. Our food/non-food sales are generally priced based on the manufacturer’s cost of the product 
plus a percentage markup. As a result, our profit levels may be negatively impacted during periods of cost deflation or stagnation for 
these products, even though our gross profit as a percentage of the price of goods sold may remain relatively constant. In addition, 
periods of product cost inflation may have a negative impact on our gross profit margins with respect to sales of cigarettes because 
gross  profit  on  cigarette  sales  are  generally  fixed  on  a  cents  per  carton  basis.  Therefore,  as  cigarette  prices  increase,  gross  profit 
generally decreases as a percentage of sales. In addition, if the cost of the cigarettes that we purchase increases due to manufacturer 
9 

price increases, reduced or eliminated manufacturer discounts and incentive programs or increases in applicable excise tax rates, our 
inventory carrying costs and accounts receivable could rise, placing pressure on our working capital requirements. 

We  rely  on  manufacturer  discount  and  incentive  programs  and  cigarette  excise  stamping  allowances,  and  any  material 
changes in these programs could adversely affect our results of operations. 

We receive payments from the manufacturers on the products we distribute for allowances, discounts, volume rebates and other 
merchandising and incentive programs. These payments are a substantial benefit to our gross profit. The amount and timing of these 
payments are affected by changes in the programs by the manufacturers, our ability to sell specified volumes of a particular product, 
attaining  specified  levels  of  purchases  by  our  customers  and  the  duration  of  carrying  a  specified  product.  In  addition,  we  receive 
discounts  from  certain  taxing  jurisdictions  in  connection  with  the  collection  of  excise  taxes.  If  the  manufacturers  or  taxing 
jurisdictions change or discontinue these programs or change the timing of payments, or if we are unable to maintain the volume of 
our sales required by such programs, our results of operations could be negatively affected. 

We depend on relatively few suppliers for a large portion of our products, and any interruptions in the supply of the products 
that we distribute could adversely affect our results of operations. 

We obtain the products we distribute from third party suppliers. At December 31, 2015, we had approximately 4,400 vendors 
and  during  2015  we  purchased  approximately  64%  of  our  products  from  our  top  20  suppliers,  with  purchases  from  our  top  two 
suppliers, Philip Morris USA, Inc. and R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company, representing approximately 29% and 17% of our purchases, 
respectively. We do not have  any  long-term  contracts with our suppliers  committing  them  to provide products to  us. Our  suppliers 
may not provide the products we distribute in the quantities we request on favorable terms, or at all. We are also subject to delays 
caused by interruption in production due to conditions outside our control, such as slow-downs or strikes by employees of suppliers, 
inclement  weather,  transportation  interruptions,  regulatory  requirements  and  natural  disasters.  Our  inability  to  obtain  adequate 
supplies of the products we distribute could cause us to fail to meet our obligations to our customers and reduce the volume of our 
sales and profitability. 

Our ability to operate effectively could be impaired by the risks and costs associated with expansion activities. 

Market share growth is one of our key company initiatives. To accomplish this growth we have focused on strategic acquisitions 
and securing large regional and national customers as key elements of success. Any significant expansion activity comes with inherent 
risks.  Acquisitions  may  entail  various  risks  such  as  identifying  suitable  candidates,  realizing  acceptable  rates  of  return  on  the 
investment,  identifying  potential  liabilities,  obtaining  adequate  financing,  negotiating  acceptable  terms  and  conditions,  and 
successfully  integrating  operations  and  converting  systems  post  acquisition.  Integrating  a  large  new  customer  has  similar  risks  of 
realizing acceptable returns on invested working capital, negotiating acceptable pricing and service levels, while managing resources 
and  business  interruptions  as  we  integrate  the  new  business  into  our  current  infrastructure.  We  may  realize  higher  costs  or  lower 
margins than originally anticipated and may experience disruption to our base business, and may not realize the anticipated benefits or 
savings from expansion activities to the extent or in the time frame expected. 

We  may  be  subject  to  product  liability  claims  and  counterfeit  product  claims  which  could  materially  adversely  affect 
our business. 

As a distributor of food and consumer products, we face the risk of exposure to product liability claims in the event that the use 
of a product sold by us causes injury or illness. In addition, certain products that we distribute may be subject to counterfeiting. Our 
business  could  be  adversely  affected  if  consumers  lose  confidence  in  the  safety  and  quality  of  the  food  and  other  products  we 
distribute.  Further,  our  operations  could  be  subject  to  disruptions  as  a  result  of  manufacturer  recalls.  This  risk  may  increase  as  we 
continue to expand our distribution of fresh products. If we do not have adequate insurance, if contractual indemnification from the 
supplier or manufacturer of the defective, contaminated or counterfeit product is not available, or if a supplier or manufacturer cannot 
fulfill its indemnification obligations to us, the liability relating to such product claims or disruption as a result of recall efforts could 
materially adversely impact our results of operations. 

We may not be able to achieve the expected benefits from the implementation of marketing initiatives. 

We are continuously improving our competitive performance through a series of strategic marketing initiatives. The goal of this 
effort  is  to  develop  and  implement  a  comprehensive  and  competitive  business  strategy,  addressing  the  special  needs  of  the 
convenience industry environment, increasing our market position within the industry and ultimately creating increased stockholder 
value. Customer acceptance of new marketing initiatives that we implement may not be as anticipated or competitive pressures may 
cause us to curtail or abandon these initiatives, resulting in lower revenue growth and unachieved cost savings. 

10 

Maintaining our brand and reputation is necessary for the success of our business. 

Our established brand and reputation within the market largely contributes to our success. Our current and future business could 
be negatively impacted if we were poorly represented or garnered negative publicity through various media channels, which include 
but are not limited to, print, broadcast, web-based, and social media. Brand value is based in large part on perceptions of subjective 
qualities,  and  even  isolated  incidents  can  erode  trust  and  confidence,  particularly  if  they  result  in  adverse  publicity,  governmental 
investigations or litigation. Even if the aforementioned situations were unfounded or not material to our business, these events could 
still diminish demand for our products and services and erode customer confidence. In the event that any of these events occur, they 
could have a negative impact on our results of operations and financial condition. 

Our  information  technology  systems  may  be  subject  to  failure,  disruptions,  security  breaches,  malware,  viruses,  hacking  or 
other cyber-attacks or we may fail to implement upgrades in a timely manner, which could compromise our ability to conduct 
business, seriously harm our business and adversely affect our financial results. 

Our  business  is  highly  dependent  on  our  customized  enterprise  information  technology  systems.  We  rely  on  our  information 
technology  systems  and  our  internal  information  technology  staff  to  maintain  the  information  required  to  operate  our  distribution 
centers and to provide our customers with fast, efficient and reliable deliveries. We have taken steps to increase redundancy in our 
information  technology  systems  and  have  disaster  recovery  plans  in  place  to  mitigate  unforeseen  events  that  could  disrupt  our 
systems’ service. However, if our systems fail or are not reliable, we may suffer disruptions in service to our customers and our results 
of operations could suffer.  

We  may  upgrade  and  replace  various  components  of  our  proprietary  enterprise  resource  planning  (ERP)  system  periodically 
with the goal of maintaining and improving overall functionality, performance and service. Beginning in 2014, we started the process 
of upgrading the financial component of our proprietary ERP system, and completed the implementation in February 2016. Some of 
our ERP system upgrades may include the implementation of leading software solutions or enhanced customizations to our existing 
systems. There are inherent risks associated with any system project and there can be no guarantee any implementation will be free of 
disruptions  or  other  operational  problems.  As  technology-based  solutions  become  more  integrated  with  our  service  offerings,  our 
ability to service our customers could be impacted, creating additional competitive pressure and causing us to lose market share. 

In addition, we retain sensitive data, including intellectual property, proprietary business information and personally identifiable 
information, in our secure data centers and on our networks. We may face threats to our data centers and networks of unauthorized 
access, security breaches and other system disruptions. Despite our security measures, our infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks 
by experienced hackers or other disruptive events. 

Computer malware, viruses, hacking and other cyber-attacks have become more prevalent and may occur on our systems in the 
future.  Intruders  may  also  take  the  form  of  parties  that  attempt  to  fraudulently  induce  employees  or  other  users  of  our  systems  to 
disclose sensitive or confidential information or otherwise disrupt operations. Any such security breach may compromise information 
stored on our networks and may result in significant data losses or theft of intellectual property, proprietary business information or 
personally  identifiable  information  belonging  to  us  or  our  customers,  business  partners  or  employees.  Though  it  is  difficult  to 
determine  what,  if  any,  harm  may  directly  result  from  any  specific  interruption  or  attack,  any  failure  to  maintain  performance, 
reliability  and  security  affects  the  availability  of  our  technical  infrastructure  and  technology-based  services.  Any  such  failure  may 
harm our reputation and our ability to retain existing customers and attract new customers and could impact our results of operation. 

We may be subject to various claims and lawsuits that could result in significant expenditures. 

The nature of our business exposes us to the potential for various claims and litigation related to labor and employment, personal 
injury,  property  damage,  business  practices,  environmental  liability  and  other  matters.  Any  material  litigation  or  a  catastrophic 
accident or series of accidents could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations and 
cash flows. 

We depend on attracting and retaining qualified labor including our senior management and other key personnel. 

We  substantially  depend  on  the  continued  services  and  performance  of  our  senior  executive  officers  as  named  in  our  Proxy 
Statement and other key employees. We do not maintain key person life insurance policies on these individuals, and we do not have 
employment agreements with any of them. The loss of the services of any of our senior executive officers or other key personnel could 
harm our business. 

We  compete  with  other  businesses  in  each  of  our  markets  with  respect  to  attracting  and  retaining  qualified  employees.  A 
shortage of qualified employees, especially drivers, in a market could require us to enhance our wage and benefit packages in order to 
compete  effectively  in  the  hiring  and  retention  of  qualified  employees  or  to  hire  more  expensive  temporary  employees.  Any  such 
shortage of qualified employees could decrease our ability to effectively serve our customers and might lead to lower profits because 
of higher labor costs. 

11 

Unions may attempt to organize our employees. 

As  of  December 31,  2015,  276,  or  4%,  of  our  employees  were  covered  by  collective  bargaining  agreements  with  labor 
organizations,  which  expire  at  various  times.  We  cannot  assure  that  we  will  be  able  to  renew  our  respective  collective  bargaining 
agreements on favorable terms, that employees at other facilities will not unionize or that our labor costs will not increase. In addition, 
the United States National Labor Relations Board (NLRB) is becoming more active with the passage of administrative rules that could 
impact our ability to manage our labor force and wage successful campaigns preventing further unionization of our employees. To the 
extent we suffer business interruptions as a result of strikes or other work stoppages or slow-downs, or our labor costs increase and we 
are not able to recover such increases through increased prices charged to customers or offsets by productivity gains, our results of 
operations could be materially adversely affected. 

Labor Costs, Shortages and Labor Relations. 

Several  recent  decisions  by  the  United  States  NLRB,  have  found  employers  who  are  franchisers  and  companies  who  use 
contract employees  could  be  found  to  be  “joint  employers”  with  the  franchisee  or  staffing  firm,  respectively.  If  this  expanded 
definition  of  “joint  employer”  is  upheld  in  the  expected  appeals  of  these  decisions,  it  could  result  in  us  having  responsibility  for 
damages, reinstatement, back pay and penalties in connection with labor law violations by our use of workers provided by third-party 
staffing firms. 

Employee health benefit costs represent a significant expense to us and may negatively affect our profitability. 

With over 4,400 employees and their families participating in our health plans, our expenses relating to employee health benefits 
are substantial. In past years, we have experienced significant increases in certain of these costs, largely as a result of economic factors 
beyond our control, including, in particular, ongoing increases in health care costs well in excess of the rate of inflation. Increased 
participation in our health plans, continued increasing health care costs, as well as changes in laws, regulations and assumptions used 
to calculate health and benefit expenses, may adversely affect our business, financial position and results of operations. In addition, 
the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act (ACA) may continue to increase our employee healthcare-related costs. The company 
has  migrated  a  significant  number  of  employees  to  our  high  deductible  plan  resulting  in  a  reduction  in  our  claims  exposure  and 
offsetting other costs related to ACA. While we have taken steps to minimize the impact of ACA, there is no guarantee our efforts will 
be successful.  

Changes to minimum wage laws and other governmental legislation or regulations could increase our costs substantially. 

As of December 31, 2015, we had no employees who were paid under the minimum wage in their respective locations. Several 
bills have been introduced in the U.S. legislature over the past few years to increase the federal minimum wage. In addition, certain 
states have adopted or are considering adopting minimum wage statutes that exceed the federal minimum wage rate. Any increases in 
federal or state minimum wages could require us to increase the wages paid to our minimum wage employees and create pressure to 
raise wages for other employees who already earn above-minimum wages. If we are unable to pass these additional labor costs on to 
our customers in the form of increased prices or surcharges, our business and results of operations would be adversely affected. 

If we are unable to comply with governmental regulations that affect our business or if there are substantial changes in these 
regulations, our business could be adversely affected. 

As a distributor of food and other consumable products, we are subject to regulation by the FDA, Health Canada and similar 
regulatory authorities at the state, provincial and local levels. In addition, our employees operate tractor trailers, trucks, forklifts and 
various other powered material handling equipment and we are therefore subject to regulation by the U.S. and Canadian Departments 
of Transportation. Our operations are also subject to regulation by OSHA, the U.S. Drug Enforcement Administration and a myriad of 
other federal, state, provincial and local agencies. Each of these regulatory authorities has broad administrative powers with respect to 
our  operations.  Regulations,  and  the  costs  of  complying  with  those  regulations,  have  been  increasing  in  recent  years.  If  we  fail  to 
adequately  comply  with  government  regulations,  we  could  experience  increased  inspections  or  audits,  regulatory  authorities  could 
take remedial action including imposing fines or shutting down our operations or we could be subject to increased compliance costs. If 
any of these events were to occur, our results of operations would be adversely affected. 

Natural disaster damage could have a material adverse effect on our business. 

Our headquarters and several of our warehouses in California, as well as one of our data centers and one warehouse located near 
Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada, are in or near high hazard earthquake zones. In addition, one of our data centers is located in 
Plano, Texas, which is susceptible to wind storms. We also have operations in areas that have been affected by natural disasters such 
as  hurricanes,  tornados,  floods,  and  ice  and  snow  storms.  While  we  maintain  insurance  to  cover  us  for  such  potential  losses,  our 
insurance may not be sufficient in the event of a significant natural disaster or payments under our policies may not be received timely 
enough to prevent adverse impacts on our business. Our customers could also be affected by like events, which could adversely impact 
our sales and results of operations. 

12 

Insurance and claims expenses could have a material adverse effect on us. 

We have a combination of both self-insurance and high-deductible insurance programs for the risks arising out of the services 
we  provide  and  the  nature  of  our  operations  throughout  North  America,  including  claims  exposure  resulting  from  personal  injury, 
property  damage,  business  interruption  and  workers’  compensation.  Workers’  compensation,  automobile  and  general  liabilities  are 
determined using actuarial estimates of the aggregate liability for claims incurred and an estimate of incurred but not reported claims. 
Our  accruals  for  insurance  reserves  reflect  certain  actuarial  assumptions  and  management  judgments,  which  are  subject  to  a  high 
degree of variability. If the number or severity of claims for which we are retaining risk increases, our financial condition and results 
of operations could be adversely affected. If we lose our ability to self-insure these risks, our insurance costs could materially increase 
and we may find it difficult to obtain adequate levels of insurance coverage. 

Risks Related to the Distribution of Cigarettes and Other Tobacco Products 

Our sales volume is largely dependent upon the distribution of cigarettes, sales of which are declining generally. 

The distribution of cigarettes is currently a significant portion of our business. In 2015, approximately 68.0% of our net sales 
(which includes excise taxes) and 28.3% of our gross profit were generated from the distribution of cigarettes. Due to increases in the 
prices  of  cigarettes,  restrictions  on  cigarette  manufacturers’  marketing  and  promotions,  increases  in  cigarette  regulation  and  excise 
taxes, health concerns, increased pressure from anti-tobacco groups, the rise in popularity of tobacco alternatives, including electronic 
cigarettes, and other factors, cigarette consumption in the U.S. and Canada has been declining gradually over the past few decades. In 
most instances, tobacco alternatives, such as electronic cigarettes, are not subject to federal, state, provincial and local excise taxes like 
the sale of conventional cigarettes or other tobacco products. We expect consumption trends of legal cigarette products will continue 
to  be  negatively  impacted  by  the  factors  described  above.  In  addition,  we  expect  rising  prices  may  lead  to  a  higher  percentage  of 
consumers purchasing cigarettes through illicit markets, over the internet and by other means designed to avoid payment of cigarette 
taxes. If we are unable to sell other products to make up for these declines in cigarette unit sales, our operating results may suffer. 

Legislation, regulation and other matters are negatively affecting the cigarette and tobacco industry. 

The tobacco industry is subject to a wide range of laws and regulations regarding the marketing, distribution, sale, taxation and 
use  of  tobacco  products  imposed  by  governmental  entities.  Various  jurisdictions  have  adopted  or  are  considering  legislation  and 
regulations  restricting  displays  and  marketing  of  tobacco  products,  establishing  fire  safety  standards  for  cigarettes,  raising  the 
minimum  age  to  possess  or  purchase  tobacco  products,  requiring  the  disclosure  of  ingredients  used  in  the  manufacture  of  tobacco 
products, imposing restrictions on public smoking, restricting the sale of tobacco products directly to consumers or other recipients 
over  the  internet  and  other  tobacco  product  regulation.  In  addition,  the  FDA  has  been  empowered  to  regulate  changes  to  nicotine 
yields  and  the  chemicals  and  flavors  used  in  tobacco  products  (including  cigars,  pipe  and  e-cigarette  products),  require  ingredient 
listings be displayed on tobacco products, prohibit the use of certain terms which may attract youth or mislead users as to the risks 
involved with using tobacco products, as well as limit or otherwise impact the marketing of tobacco products by requiring additional 
labels  or  warnings  as  well  as  pre-approval  by  the  FDA.  Such  legislation  and  related  regulation  is  likely  to  continue  adversely 
impacting  the  market  for  tobacco  products  and,  accordingly,  our  sales  of  such  products.  However,  some  state,  local,  municipal 
governments  and  agencies  have  not  adopted  legislation,  regulations  or  policies  which  prohibit,  restrict  or  discourage  tobacco 
alternatives, such as electronic cigarettes, or the sale of such products to minors. Such disparate legislation and regulation for tobacco 
alternatives could adversely impact the market for regulated tobacco products. 

In  Canada,  many  provinces  have  enacted  legislation  authorizing  and  facilitating  the  recovery  by  provincial  governments  of 
tobacco-related  health  care  costs  from  the  tobacco  industry  by  way  of  lawsuit.  Some  Canadian  provincial  governments  have  either 
already initiated lawsuits or indicated an intention that such lawsuits will be filed. It is unclear at this time how such restrictions and 
lawsuits may affect Core-Mark and its Canadian operations. 

If excise taxes are increased or credit terms are reduced, our sales of cigarettes and other tobacco products could decline and 
our liquidity could be negatively impacted. 

Cigarettes and tobacco products are subject to substantial excise taxes in the U.S. and Canada. Significant increases in cigarette-
related  taxes  and/or  fees  have  been  proposed  or  enacted  and  are  likely  to  continue  to  be  proposed  or  enacted  by  various  taxing 
jurisdictions  within  the  U.S.  and  Canada  as  a  means  of  increasing  government  revenues.  These  tax  increases  negatively  impact 
consumption.  Additionally,  they  may  cause  a  shift  in  sales  from  premium  brands  to  discount  brands,  illicit  channels  or  tobacco 
alternatives, such as electronic cigarettes, as smokers seek lower priced options. 

Taxing jurisdictions have the ability to change or rescind credit terms currently extended for the remittance of tax that we collect 
on  their  behalf.  If  these  excise  taxes  are  substantially  increased  or  credit  terms  are  substantially  reduced,  it  could  have  a  negative 
impact on our liquidity. Accordingly, we may be required to obtain additional debt financing, which we may not be able to obtain on 
satisfactory terms or at all. 

13 

Our distribution of cigarettes and other tobacco products exposes us to potential liabilities. 

In June 1994, the Mississippi attorney general brought an action against various tobacco industry members on behalf of the state 
to recover state funds paid for health care costs related to tobacco use. Most other states sued the major U.S. cigarette manufacturers 
based  on  similar  theories.  In  November  1998,  the  major  U.S.  tobacco  product  manufacturers  entered  into  a  Master  Settlement 
Agreement  (MSA)  with  46  states,  the  District  of  Columbia  and  certain  U.S.  territories.  The  other  four  states–Mississippi,  Florida, 
Texas and Minnesota (non-MSA states)–settled their litigations with the major cigarette manufacturers by separate agreements. The 
MSA  and  the  other  state  settlement  agreements  settled  health  care  cost  recovery  actions  and  monetary  claims  relating  to  future 
conduct  arising  out  of  the  use  of,  or  exposure  to,  tobacco  products,  imposed  a  stream  of  future  payment  obligations  on  major 
U.S. cigarette  manufacturers  and  placed  significant  restrictions  on  the  ability  to  market  and  sell  cigarettes.  The  payments  required 
under  the  MSA  result  in  the  products  sold  by  the  participating  manufacturers  to  be  priced  at  higher  levels  than  non-MSA 
manufacturers. In addition, the growth in market share of discount brands since the MSA was signed has had an adverse impact on the 
total volume of the cigarettes that we sell. 

In  connection  with  the  MSA,  we  were  indemnified  by  most  of  the  tobacco  product  manufacturers  from  which  we  purchased 
cigarettes and other tobacco products for liabilities arising from our sale of the tobacco products that they supplied to us. Should the 
MSA ever be invalidated, we could be subject to substantial litigation due to our distribution of cigarettes and other tobacco products, 
and  we  may  not  be  indemnified  for  such  costs  by  the  tobacco  product  manufacturers  in  the  future.  In  addition,  even  if  we  are 
indemnified by cigarette manufacturers that are parties to the MSA, future litigation awards against such cigarette manufacturers could 
be so large as to prevent the manufacturers from satisfying their indemnification obligations. 

Risks Related to Financial Matters, Financing and Foreign Exchange 

Changes to federal, state or provincial income tax legislation could have a material adverse effect on our business and results 
of operations. 

From  time  to  time,  new  tax  legislation  is  adopted  by  the  federal  government  and  various  states  or  other  regulatory  bodies. 
Significant changes in tax legislation could adversely affect our business or results of operations in a material way. For example, in the 
U.S.  the  federal  government  had  proposed  legislation,  which  effectively  could  limit,  or  even  eliminate,  use  of  the  last-in,  first-out 
(LIFO)  inventory  method  for  financial  and  income  tax  purposes.  Although  the  final  outcome  of  any  such  proposals  cannot  be 
ascertained,  the  ultimate  financial  impact  to  us  of  the  transition  from  LIFO  to  another  inventory  method  could  be  material  to  our 
operating results. 

Our  pension plan  is  currently  underfunded and  we may  be  required  to make  cash  payments  to the plan, reducing  the cash 
available for our business. 

We  record  a  liability  associated with  the  underfunded  status of our  pension plan  when  the benefit  obligation  exceeds  the  fair 
value of the plan assets. As of December 31, 2015, our pension plan was 87% funded and our balance sheet included $4.7 million in 
pension liabilities related to underfunded pension obligations. In 2013, we adopted a strategy to reduce the plan’s investment risk by 
reducing the allocation to return seeking assets and increasing the allocation to liability hedging assets over time with the intention of 
reducing volatility of the funded status and pension costs. Despite our expectation that this strategy will reduce the risk associated with 
the funding level of our pension plan, if the performance of the assets in our pension plan do not meet our expectations, or if other 
actuarial assumptions are modified, our future cash payments to our pension plan could be substantially higher than we expect. 

The  pension  plan  is  subject  to  the  Employee  Retirement  Income  Security  Act  of  1974  (ERISA).  Under  ERISA,  the  Pension 
Benefit Guaranty Corporation (PBGC) has the authority to terminate an underfunded pension plan under limited circumstances. In the 
event our pension plan is terminated for any reason while it is underfunded, we will incur a liability to the PBGC that may be equal to 
the entire amount of the underfunding in the pension plan. If this were to occur, our working capital and results of operations could be 
adversely impacted. 

There can be no assurance that we will continue to declare cash dividends in the future or in any particular amounts and if 
there is a reduction in dividend payments, our stock price may be harmed. 

Since  the  fourth  quarter  of  2011,  we  have  paid  a  quarterly  cash  dividend  to  our  stockholders.  We  intend  to  continue  to  pay 
quarterly dividends subject to capital availability and periodic determinations by our Board of Directors that cash dividends are in the 
best  interest  of  our  stockholders  and  are  in  compliance  with  all  applicable  laws  and  agreements  to  which  we  are  a  party.  Future 
dividends may be affected by a variety of factors such as available cash, anticipated working capital requirements, overall financial 
condition,  credit  agreement  restrictions,  future  prospects  for  earnings  and  cash  flows,  capital  requirements  for  acquisitions,  stock 
repurchase  programs,  reserves  for  legal  risks  and  changes  in  federal  and  state  income  tax  laws  or  corporate  laws.  Our  Board  of 
Directors may, at its discretion, decrease or entirely discontinue the payment of dividends at any time. Any such action could have a 
material, negative effect on our stock price. 

14 

Currency exchange rate fluctuations could have an adverse effect on our revenues and financial results.      

We generate a significant portion of our revenues in Canadian dollars, approximately 11% in 2015 and 12% in 2014. We also 
incur  a  significant  portion  of  our  expenses  in  Canadian  dollars.  To  the  extent  that  we  are  unable  to  match  revenues  received  in 
Canadian dollars with costs paid in the same currency, exchange rate fluctuations in Canadian dollars could have an adverse effect on 
our financial results. During times of a strengthening U.S. dollar, our reported sales and earnings from our Canadian operations will be 
reduced  because  the  Canadian  currency  will  be  translated  into  fewer  U.S.  dollars.  Conversely,  during  times  of  a  weakening  U.S. 
dollar,  our  reported  sales  and  earnings  from  our  Canadian  operations  will  be  increased  because  the  Canadian  currency  will  be 
translated into more U.S. dollars. U.S. GAAP requires that foreign currency transaction gains or losses on short-term intercompany 
transactions  be  recorded  currently  as  gains  or  losses  within  the  statement  of  operations.  To  the  extent  we  incur  losses  on  such 
transactions, our net income will be reduced. We currently do not hedge our Canadian foreign currency cash flows. 

We may not be able to borrow additional capital to provide us with sufficient liquidity and capital resources necessary to meet 
our future financial obligations. 

We expect that our principal sources of funds will be cash generated from our operations and, if necessary, borrowings under a 
$200  million  revolving  credit  facility  (Credit  Facility)  as  of  December  31,  2015.  On  January  11,  2016,  we  entered  into  a  seventh 
amendment to the Credit Facility which increased our Credit Facility from $200 million to $300 million. The Credit Facility, initially 
dated as of October 12, 2005, as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, is between us, as Borrowers, the Lenders named 
therein, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (Credit Facility). The Credit Facility expires in May 2020. While we 
believe  our  sources  of  liquidity  are  adequate,  we  cannot  assure  that  these  sources  will  be  available  or  continue  to  provide  us  with 
sufficient liquidity and capital resources required to meet our future financial obligations, or to provide funds for our working capital, 
capital expenditures and other needs. As such, additional equity or debt financing may be necessary, but we may not be able to expand 
our existing Credit Facility or obtain new financing on terms satisfactory to us. 

Our operating flexibility is limited in significant respects by the restrictive covenants in our Credit Facility. 

Our  Credit  Facility  imposes  restrictions  on  us  that  could  increase  our  vulnerability  to  general  adverse  economic  and  industry 
conditions  by  limiting  our  flexibility  in  planning  for  and  reacting  to  changes  in  our  business  and  industry.  Specifically,  these 
restrictions place limits on our ability, among other things, to: incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends, issue stock of subsidiaries, 
make investments, repurchase stock, create liens, enter into transactions with affiliates, merge or consolidate, or transfer and sell our 
assets. In addition, under our Credit Facility, under certain circumstances we are required to meet a fixed charge coverage ratio. Our 
ability to comply with this covenant may be affected by factors beyond our control and a breach of the covenant could result in an 
event  of  default  under  our  Credit  Facility,  which  would  permit  the  lenders  to  declare  all  amounts  incurred  thereunder  to  be 
immediately due and payable and terminate their commitments to make further extensions of credit. 

Our actual business and financial results could differ as a result of the accounting methods, estimates and assumptions that we 
use in preparing our financial statements, which may negatively impact our results of operations and financial condition. 

To  prepare  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  GAAP,  management  is  required  to  exercise  judgment  in  selecting  and 
applying accounting methodologies and making estimates and assumptions. These methods, estimates, and assumptions are subject to 
uncertainties  and  changes,  which  affect  the  reported  values  of  assets  and  liabilities,  revenues  and  expenses,  and  disclosures  of 
contingent assets and liabilities. Areas requiring significant estimates by our management include but are not limited to the following: 
allowance for doubtful accounts, provisions for income taxes, vendor rebates and promotional allowances, valuation of goodwill and 
long-lived  assets,  valuation  of  assets  and  liabilities  in  connection  with  business  combinations,  valuation  of  pension  assets  and 
obligations, stock-based compensation expense and accruals for estimated liabilities, including litigation and insurance reserves. 

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS  

None. 

15 

 
ITEM 2. 

PROPERTIES  

Our  headquarters  are  located  in  South  San  Francisco,  California,  and  consist  of  approximately  30,000  square  feet  of  leased 
office space. We also lease approximately 20,000 square feet for use by our information technology and tax personnel in Richmond, 
British  Columbia,  approximately  6,000  square  feet  for  use  by  our  information  technology  personnel  in  Plano,  Texas,  and 
approximately 3,600 and 2,000 square feet of additional office space in Fort Worth, Texas and Phoenix, AZ, respectively. We lease 
approximately 4.1 million square feet and own approximately 0.6 million square feet of distribution space. 

Albuquerque, New Mexico 
Atlanta, Georgia 
Bakersfield, California 
Corona, California(2) 
Denver, Colorado 
Forrest City, Arkansas(4) 
Fort Worth, Texas 
Glenwillow, Ohio 
Hayward, California 

Distribution Center Facilities by City and State of Location(1)  

Las Vegas, Nevada 
Leitchfield, Kentucky 
Los Angeles, California 
Minneapolis, Minnesota 
Portland, Oregon 
Sacramento, California(3) 
Salt Lake City, Utah 
Sanford, North Carolina 

Spokane, Washington 
Tampa, Florida 
Whitinsville, Massachusetts 
Wilkes-Barre, Pennsylvania 
Calgary, Alberta 
Toronto, Ontario(5) 
Vancouver, British Columbia 
Winnipeg, Manitoba 

(1) 

(2) 
(3) 
(4) 
(5) 

Excluding outside storage facilities or depots and two distribution facilities that we operate as a third party logistics provider. Depots are defined as a secondary 
location for a division which may include any combination of sales offices, operational departments and/or storage. We own distribution center facilities located 
in  Wilkes-Barre,  Pennsylvania;  Leitchfield,  Kentucky;  and  Forrest  City,  Arkansas.  All  other  facilities  listed  are  leased.  The  facilities  we  own  are  subject  to 
encumbrances under our Credit Facility. 
This location includes two facilities, a distribution center and our AMI consolidating warehouse.  
This facility includes a distribution center and our Artic Cascade consolidating warehouse.  
This facility includes a distribution center and our AMI-Artic East consolidating warehouse. 
This facility includes a distribution center and our Canadian consolidation operations. 

We also operate distribution centers on behalf of two of our major customers: one in Phoenix, Arizona (for Couche-Tard), and 
one  in  San  Antonio,  Texas  (for  CST  Brands,  Inc.).  Each  facility  is  leased  or  owned  by  the  specific  customer  solely  for  their  use 
and operated by Core-Mark. 

During  2015,  we  transitioned  our  customers  from  our  U.S.  distribution  center  at  Grants  Pass,  Oregon  to  two  of  our  existing 

U.S. distribution centers to maximize supply chain efficiencies and optimize product sales. 

16 

  
  
  
 
ITEM 3. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS  

The  Company  and  its  insurers  are plaintiffs  in  a  lawsuit  against  Sonitrol  Corporation. The  case  arose  from  the  December 21, 
2002 arson fire at the Denver warehouse, in which Sonitrol failed to detect and respond to a four-hour burglary and subsequent arson. 
In 2010, a jury found in favor of the Company and its insurers. Sonitrol appealed the judgment to the Colorado Appellate Court and on 
July 19, 2012, the Appellate Court upheld the trial court’s ruling on two of the three issues being appealed but set aside the judgment 
and remanded the case back to the District  Court for trial on the sole issue of damages. On April 29, 2013, the Colorado Supreme 
Court denied Sonitrol’s appeal and the case was returned to the District Court to resolve the sole issue of damages. On April 11, 2014, 
the damages trial concluded with a jury award of $2.75 million in favor of the Company and its insurers, finding that Sonitrol was 
liable for damages related only to the burglary and not the subsequent arson.  The District Court denied the Company’s motion for 
post-judgment  relief  on  June  26,  2014.   The  Company  and  its  insurers  appealed  the  District  Court’s  decision  and  on  February 11, 
2016, the Appellate Court denied the Company’s and its insurers’ appeal and dismissed Sonitrol’s cross-appeal, upholding the jury 
award of $2.75 million in favor of the Company and its insurers. The Company is unable to predict when this litigation will be finally 
resolved and its ultimate outcome.  Any monetary recovery from this lawsuit will be recognized only if and when it is finally paid to 
the Company. 

ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable. 

17 

 
PART II 

ITEM 5.  MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS  AND 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES  

Market and Stockholders 

Our common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol “CORE.” According to the records of our transfer 

agent, we had 1,866 stockholders of record as of February 12, 2016. 

The  following  table  provides  the  range  of  high  and  low  sales  prices  of  our  common  stock  as  reported  by  NASDAQ  and 

dividends declared per share for the periods indicated: 

4th Quarter 
3rd Quarter 
2nd Quarter 
1st Quarter 

Market Prices

2015

2014

Low 
Price

High 
Price

Low 
Price

High 
Price 

Dividend Declared

Year

2015

2014

$

64.44   $
58.96  
52.61  
58.51  

90.60   $
66.52  
65.43  
71.36  

50.67   $
43.47  
37.03  
35.00  

64.01   $ 
54.57   
46.59   
39.53   

0.16   $
0.13  
0.13  
0.13  

0.13
0.11
0.11
0.11

We paid dividends of $12.8 million and $10.7 million in 2015 and 2014, respectively. Our Credit Facility, as of December 31, 
2015, places certain limits on our ability to pay cash dividends on our common stock, including a $100.0 million maximum payment 
over the term of the Credit Facility (see Note 8 - Long-term Debt to our consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K 
for additional details on the Credit Facility). Our intentions are to continue increasing our dividends per share over time; however, the 
payment  of  any  future  dividends  will  be  determined  by  our  Board  of  Directors  in  light  of  then  existing  conditions,  including  our 
earnings, financial condition and capital requirements, strategic alternatives, restrictions in financing agreements, business conditions 
and other factors. 

18 

  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
PERFORMANCE COMPARISON 

The graph below presents a comparison of cumulative total return to stockholders for Core-Mark’s common stock at the end of 
each  year  from  2010  through  2015,  as  well  as  the  cumulative  total  returns  of  the  NASDAQ  Non-Financial  Stock  Index,  the 
Russell 2000 Index, the Standard and Poor’s (S&P) SmallCap 600 Index and a peer group of companies (Performance Peer Group). 
During  the  third  quarter  of  2015,  the  Company  was  added  to  the  S&P  SmallCap  600  Index.  The  Company  also  remains  on  the 
Russell 2000 Index. 

Cumulative total return to stockholders is measured by the change in the share price for the period, plus any dividends, divided 
by the share price at the beginning of the measurement period. Core-Mark’s cumulative stockholder return is based on an investment 
of $100 on December 31, 2010, and is compared to the total return of the NASDAQ Non-Financial Stock Index, the S&P SmallCap 
600 Index, the Russell 2000 Index and the weighted-average performance of the Performance Peer Group over the same period with a 
like amount invested, including the assumption that any dividends have been reinvested. We regularly compare our performance to the 
Russell 2000 Index and the S&P SmallCap 600 Index since it includes primarily companies with relatively small market capitalization 
similar to us. 

The companies composing the Performance Peer Group are Sysco Corp. (SYY), The Chef’s Warehouse, Inc. (CHEF), United 

Natural Foods, Inc. (UNFI) and AMCON Distributing Co. (DIT). 

COMPARISON OF CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN  
AMONG CORE-MARK, NASDAQ NON-FINANCIAL STOCK, S&P SMALLCAP 600, RUSSELL 2000 INDEXES AND 
THE PERFORMANCE PEER GROUP 

Investment Value at

12/31/10 

12/31/11

12/31/12

12/31/13 

12/31/14

12/31/15

CORE 
Russell 2000 
NASDAQ Non-financial Index 
S&P SmallCap 600 
Performance Peer Group 

  $
  $
  $
  $
  $

100.00   $
100.00   $
100.00   $
100.00   $
100.00   $

111.81   $
95.82   $
99.87   $
101.02   $
103.87   $

136.58   $
111.49   $
117.06   $
117.51   $
118.02   $

221.09   $ 
154.78   $ 
163.99   $ 
166.05   $ 
144.60   $ 

364.24   $
162.35   $
188.70   $
175.61   $
160.25   $

486.07
155.18
202.24
172.15
156.22

19 

 
 
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
 
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 

Our  Board  of  Directors  authorized  a  share  repurchase  program  that  may  be  discontinued  or  amended  at  any  time.  Shares 
repurchased under the program were made in open market and the timing and amount of the purchases are based on market conditions, 
our cash and liquidity requirements, relevant securities laws and other factors. The program has no expiration date and expires when 
the amount authorized has been expended or the Board withdraws its authorization. 

In  2015,  we  repurchased  151,183  shares  of  common  stock  for  a  total  cost  of  $9.2  million,  or  an  average  price  of  $60.70  per 
share. In 2014, we repurchased 175,917 shares of common stock for a total cost of $8.0 million, or an average price of $45.49 per 
share. As of December 31, 2015, we had $11.5 million available for future share repurchases under the program. 

The following table provides the repurchases of common stock shares during the three months ended December 31, 2015: 

Calendar Month in which 
purchases were made: 
October 1, 2015 to October 31, 2015 
November 1, 2015 to November 30, 2015 
December 1, 2015 to December 31, 2015 
Total repurchases for the three months ended 
December 31, 2015 

_____________________________________________ 
(1) 

Includes related transaction fees. 

Total Number 
of Shares 
Repurchased  

Average 
Price Paid 
per Share(1)

2,764   $
—  
—  

64.88  
—  
—  

Total Number of 
Shares Purchased 
as Part of Publicly 
Announced Plans 
or Programs 

Approximate Dollar 
Value of Shares that 
May Yet be 
Purchased Under 
the Plans or 
Programs 
(in millions)

2,764   $ 
—   
—   

11.5
—
—

11.5

2,764   $

64.88  

2,764   $ 

20 

  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 6. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA  

Basis of Presentation  

The selected consolidated financial data for the five years from 2011 to 2015 are derived from our audited consolidated financial 
statements included in our Annual Reports on Form 10-K or Form 10-K/A. The following financial data should be read in conjunction 
with the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto and with Item 7 - Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial 
Condition and Results of Operations. 

SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA  

(in millions except per share amounts) 
Statement of Operations Data: 

Net sales 
Gross profit (5) 
Warehousing and distribution expenses (5) 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Amortization of intangible assets 
Income from operations 
Interest expense, net (6) 
Foreign currency transaction losses 
Net income 
Per Share Data: 

Basic net income per common share 
Diluted net income per common share 
Shares Used to Compute Net Income Per Share: 

Basic 
Diluted 

Cash Dividends Declared Per Common Share (7) 
Other Financial Data: 

Excise taxes (8) 
Cigarette inventory holding gains (9) 
Candy inventory holding gains (10) 
Cigarette tax stamp inventory holding gains, net (11) 
OTP tax items, net (12) 
LIFO expense (13) 
Depreciation and amortization (14) 
Stock-based compensation 
Capital expenditures (15) 
Adjusted EBITDA (16) 

Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc.

Year Ended December 31,

2015(1) 

2014(2) 

2013 

2012(3) 

2011(4) 

$ 11,069.4   $ 10,280.1   $ 9,767.6   $ 8,892.4   $ 8,114.9
434.1
234.6
150.8
3.0
45.7
2.0
0.5
26.2

537.1   
297.1   
168.3   
2.7   
69.0   
2.2   
0.8   
41.6   

637.9  
352.6  
196.0  
2.6  
86.7  
2.0  
1.8  
51.5  

476.8  
262.7  
153.7  
3.0  
57.4  
1.8  
0.2  
33.9  

573.7  
318.4  
184.4  
2.6  
68.3  
1.8  
0.1  
42.7  

$
$

$

2.23   $
2.21   $

1.85   $
1.83   $

1.81   $
1.79   $

1.48   $
1.46   $

23.1  
23.3  
0.55   $

23.1  
23.3  
0.46   $

23.0   
23.2   
0.30   $

23.0  
23.2  
0.45   $

1.15
1.12

22.8
23.4
0.09

$ 2,211.7   $ 2,110.3   $ 2,050.8   $ 1,987.0   $ 1,951.5
8.2
5.9
—
0.7
18.3
22.4
5.5
24.1
91.9

9.0   
—   
—   
—   
8.7   
27.2   
4.6   
18.0   
109.5   

7.8  
—  
—  
—  
12.3  
25.3  
5.8  
28.6  
100.8  

10.1  
—  
8.5  
1.7  
1.9  
37.9  
8.7  
30.3  
135.2  

8.2  
6.0  
—  
7.5  
16.3  
32.0  
6.1  
53.9  
122.7  

Balance Sheet Data: 
Total assets 
Long-term obligations (17) 

2015

2014

December 31, 
2013 

2012

2011

$ 1,077.3   $ 1,029.6   $

60.4  

68.2  

956.8   $
57.6   

919.2   $
84.7  

870.2
63.1

______________________________________________ 
(1) 

Karrys Bros., Limited was acquired in February 2015 and the results of operations have been included in the selected consolidated financial data since the date 
of the acquisition. 
The selected consolidated financial data includes the results of operations of the Glenwillow, Ohio division, which commenced operations in August 2014. 
J.T. Davenport & Sons, Inc. was acquired in December 2012 and the results of operations have been included in the selected consolidated financial data from 
that point forward. 

(2) 
(3) 

21 

  
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
    
    
    
    
(4) 

(5) 

(6) 
(7) 

(8) 
(9) 

Forrest City Grocery Company was acquired in May 2011 and the results of operations have been included in the selected consolidated financial data from that 
point forward. The selected consolidated financial data also includes the results of operations of the Tampa, Florida division, which commenced operations in 
September 2011. 
Gross profit may not be comparable to those of other entities because warehousing and distribution expenses are not included as a component of our cost of 
goods sold. 
Interest expense, net, is reported net of interest income. 
On  October  19,  2011,  we  announced  the  commencement  of  a  quarterly  dividend  program.  In  lieu  of  the  first  quarter  2013  dividend,  the  Board  of  Directors 
declared an accelerated cash dividend of $0.10 per common share on December 20, 2012. 
State, local and provincial excise taxes (predominantly cigarettes and tobacco) paid by us are included in net sales and cost of goods sold. 
Cigarette  inventory  holding  gains  represent  income  related  to  cigarette  inventories  on  hand  at  the  time  cigarette  manufacturers  increase  their  prices.  Such 
increases are reflected in customer pricing for all subsequent sales, including sales of inventory on hand at the time of the increase. The higher gross profits are 
referred to as inventory holding gains. Although we have realized cigarette inventory holding gains in each of the last five years, this income is not predictable 
and is dependent on inventory levels and the timing of manufacturer price increases. 

(10)  Candy inventory holding gains represent income related to candy inventories on hand at the time candy manufacturers increase their prices. Such increases are 
reflected in customer pricing for all subsequent sales, including sales of inventory on hand at the time of the increase. The higher gross profits are referred to as 
inventory holding gains. Although we have realized candy inventory holding gains in two of the last five years, this income is not predictable and is dependent 
on inventory levels and the timing of manufacturer price increases. 

(11)  Cigarette  tax  stamp  inventory  holding  gains  represent  income  related  to  tax  stamp  inventories  on  hand  that  may  be  realized  at  the  time  taxing  jurisdictions 
increase their excise taxes, depending on the statutory requirements relating to the inventory on hand at the time such excise tax increases. Such tax increases 
are reflected  in  customer  pricing  for  all  subsequent  sales,  including  sales  of  inventory  on  hand  at  the  time  of  the  increase.  The  incremental  gross  profits 
resulting from  such  tax  increases  are  referred  to  as  inventory  holding  gains.  Although  we  have  realized  a  cigarette  tax  stamp  inventory  holding  gain  of 
$9.0 million,  offset  by  $0.5  million  in  associated  fees,  in  the  current  year,  this  income  is  not  predictable  and  is  dependent  on  inventory  levels  and  the 
aforementioned statutory requirements. 
In 2015, we received Other Tobacco Products (OTP) tax refunds of $1.8 million related to prior years’ taxes, offset by $0.1 million related expenses. In 2014, 
we  received  OTP  tax  refunds  of  $9.0  million  related  to  prior  years’  taxes,  offset  by  $1.0  million  related  expenses  and  a  probable  OTP  tax  assessment  of 
$0.5 million. We received an OTP tax settlement of $0.8 million in 2011, offset by $0.1 million related expenses. OTP tax settlements were zero for both 2013 
and 2012. 

(12) 

(13)  The  decrease  in  LIFO  expense  for  2015  was  due  primarily  to  a  decrease  in  the  PPI  for  certain  product  categories  we  use  to  measure  food/non-food 

LIFO expense as published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics. 

(14)  Depreciation and amortization includes depreciation on property and equipment and amortization of purchased intangible assets. 
(15)  Capital expenditures in 2014 include expenses for our new distribution center in Ohio and an investment in advanced ordering technology for customers. 
(16)  Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP measure and should be considered as a supplement to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures calculated 
in  accordance  with  GAAP.  Adjusted  EBITDA  is  equal  to  net  income  adding  back  net  interest  expense,  provision  for  income  taxes,  depreciation  and 
amortization, LIFO expense, stock-based compensation expense and net foreign currency transaction gains or losses. 

Below is a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net income (in millions): 

Net income 

Interest expense, net 

Provision for income taxes 

Depreciation and amortization 

LIFO expense 

Stock-based compensation expense 

Foreign currency transaction losses, net 

Adjusted EBITDA 

(17) 

Includes amounts borrowed and long-term capital lease obligations. 

Year Ended December 31,

2015

2014

2013 

2012

2011

$

51.5   $
2.0  
31.4  
37.9  
1.9  
8.7  
1.8  

42.7   $
1.8  
23.7  
32.0  
16.3  
6.1  
0.1  

41.6   $
2.2   
24.4   
27.2   
8.7   
4.6   
0.8   

33.9   $
1.8  
21.5  
25.3  
12.3  
5.8  
0.2  

$

135.2   $

122.7   $

109.5   $

100.8   $

26.2

2.0

17.0

22.4

18.3

5.5

0.5

91.9

22 

  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S  DISCUSSION  AND  ANALYSIS  OF  FINANCIAL  CONDITION  AND  RESULTS  OF 

OPERATIONS  

The  following  discussion  and  analysis  of  financial  condition,  results  of  operations,  liquidity  and  capital  resources  should  be 
read in conjunction with the accompanying audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto that are included under Part 
II, Item 8, of this Form 10-K. Also refer to “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” which is included after Table of 
Contents in this Form 10-K. 

Our Business  

Core-Mark is one of the largest marketers of fresh and broad-line supply solutions to the convenience retail industry in North 
America. We offer a full range of products, marketing programs and technology solutions to approximately 36,500 customer locations 
in  the  U.S.  and  Canada.  Our  customers  include  traditional  convenience  stores,  drug  stores,  grocery  stores,  liquor  stores  and  other 
specialty  and  small  format  stores  that  carry  convenience  products.  Our  product  offering  includes  cigarettes,  other  tobacco  products 
(OTP), candy, snacks, fast food, groceries, fresh products, dairy, bread, beverages, general merchandise and health and beauty care 
products. We operate a network of 28 distribution centers in the U.S. and Canada (excluding two distribution facilities we operate as a 
third party logistics provider). Our core business objective is to help our customers increase their sales and profitability. 

Overview of 2015 Results 

In 2015, we continued to grow market share and increase our food/non-food sales and gross profit by leveraging our “Fresh” 
product solutions, driving our Vendor Consolidation Initiative (VCI) and providing category management expertise in order to make 
our customers more relevant and profitable. In addition, during 2015 we secured supply agreements with two significant customers 
and several other regional customers which we will begin servicing in 2016. 

Net sales in 2015 increased 7.7% or $789.3 million, to $11,069.4 million compared to $10,280.1 million for 2014. Excluding 
the effects of foreign currency fluctuations and one additional selling day in 2015, net sales increased by approximately 9.1% driven 
 primarily  by  market  share  gains,  including  the  acquisition  of  Karrys  Bros.,  Limited  (Karrys  Bros.),  and  sales  growth  from 
existing customers. 

We believe lower fuel prices contributed to higher sales in the convenience industry during 2015. 

Cigarette  sales,  which  increased  8.4%,  benefitted  from  market  share  gains  and  cigarette  price  inflation,  whereas  the  success 
of our  core  strategies  continued  to  drive  the  increase  in  our  food/non-food  sales,  which  increased  6.1%  in  2015  compared  to  the 
same period  in  2014.  However,  we  believe  that  the  growth  in  our  food/non-food  sales  during  2015  was  impacted  by  a  shift  in 
consumer spending preferences away from certain traditional product categories, such as candy and grocery, and the effects of foreign 
currency changes. 

Gross profit in 2015 increased $64.2 million, or 11.2%, to $637.9 million from $573.7 million during 2014, driven primarily by 
an increase in food/non-food sales and gross margins. LIFO expense decreased $14.4 million in 2015 compared to 2014, due primarily 
to a decrease in the Producer Price Index (PPI) for certain product categories. Since we value our inventory in the U.S. on a LIFO 
basis,  our  gross  profit  can  be  positively  or  negatively  impacted  depending  on  the  relative  level  of  price  inflation  or  deflation  in 
manufacturer prices. Remaining gross profit(1), which excludes LIFO expense, inventory holding gains and OTP tax refunds, increased 
$51.6 million, or 9.1%, in 2015.  

Operating  expenses  increased  $45.8  million,  or  9.1%,  in  2015  to  $551.2  million  from  $505.4  million  in  2014.  This  increase 
includes $15.9 million in incremental expenses, primarily for our Ohio division and Karrys Bros. In addition, we saw a 5.9% increase 
in  the  amount  of  cubic  feet  of  product  handled  and  a  9.4%  increase  in  the  number  of  customer  deliveries.  We  also  incurred 
approximately  $6.0  million  in  costs  associated  with  infrastructure,  people  and  systems  to  support  future  growth  and  $1.1  million 
related to on-boarding our new customers we began servicing in the first quarter of 2016. 

Net  income  was  $51.5  million  in  2015  compared  to  $42.7  million  in  2014.  Net  income  excluding  LIFO  expense(1)  was 
$52.7 million for both 2015 and 2014. Pre-tax income for 2015 includes incremental inventory holding gains of $4.4 million, offset by 
a reduction in pre-tax income from OTP tax refunds of $5.8 million, net of fees, compared with 2014. In addition, pre-tax income for 
2015  includes  incremental  start-up  and  integration  costs  and  additional  investment  spending  to  support  our  growth,  as  discussed 
above,  and  a  $1.7  million  increase  in  foreign  currency  transaction  losses.  In  addition our provision for  income  taxes  was  higher in 
2015, stemming primarily from lower LIFO expense compared to 2014. Adjusted EBITDA(1) increased $12.5 million, or 10.2%, to 
$135.2 million in 2015 from $122.7 million in 2014.  
________________________________________  
(1) 

Remaining  gross  profit,  net  income  excluding  LIFO  expense  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  are  non-GAAP  financial  measures  and  should  be  considered  as  a 
supplement to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures calculated in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United 
States  of  America  (GAAP)  (see  the  calculation  of  Remaining  Gross  Profit  in  “Results  of  Operations”  and  Adjusted  EBITDA  in  “Liquidity  and  Capital 
Resources” below). Net income excluding LIFO expense represents FIFO net income adjusted for related tax expense effects. 

23 

Business and Supply Expansion  

We  continue  to  benefit  from  the  expansion  of  our  business  and  the  execution  of  our  core  strategies,  focused  primarily  on 
enhancing our fresh product offering, leveraging VCI and providing category management expertise to our customers. Our strategies 
take costs and inefficiencies out of the supply chain, bringing our customers a supply channel to offer high quality fresh foods and 
optimize their consumer product offering. We believe each of these strategies, when adopted, will increase the retailers’ profits. 

Some of our more recent expansion activities include: 

• 

• 

• 

• 

• 

In October 2015, we signed a five year agreement with Murphy USA to be the primary wholesale distributor to over 1,300 
stores located in 23 states across the southwest, southeast and midwest United States. Services under this contract began in 
the first quarter of 2016 and are expected to create efficiencies and a strategic supply chain relationship for Murphy USA. 

In October 2015, we signed a five year supply agreement with 7-Eleven, Inc. to service approximately 900 stores in three 
western regions. Core-Mark will be the primary wholesale distributor delivering a wide range of products to these stores 
out of three of our divisions - Las Vegas, Nevada; Salt Lake City, Utah; and Sacramento, California. 

In July 2015, we amended our contract with Rite Aid to expand our service to include other product categories in addition 
to the frozen, refrigerated, bakery and fresh food categories, which we began delivering in June 2014. We are committed 
to our long-term partnership with Rite Aid to help them maximize supply chain efficiencies and optimize product sales to 
meet the needs of their customers.  

In February 2015, we acquired substantially all the assets of Karrys Bros., a regional distributor servicing customers in 
Ontario, Canada, and the surrounding provinces. The acquisition of Karrys Bros. has provided the opportunity to expand 
our market share in eastern Canada and is expected to contribute to the leverage of fixed costs and improved profitability 
in our Toronto division. 

In September 2014, we opened a new distribution facility in Glenwillow, Ohio to support customer growth in this region. 
This facility currently services approximately 800 Rite Aid stores, 500 stores transferred from other Core-Mark 
distribution centers to gain transportation efficiencies and approximately 100 new customer locations.  

During  2015,  we  continued  to  grow  sales  and  margins  in  our  “Fresh”  categories  resulting  from  improving  our  customers’ 
product  assortment  and  in-store  marketing  efforts.  Sales  of  our  fresh  categories  grew  approximately  17%  in  2015  compared  to  the 
same period in 2014. We continue to focus on fresh and healthy offerings because we believe that over the long-term, the trend is for 
the convenience consumer to shift buying preferences to these types of items. We benefit from this shift due to the higher margins of 
these  products  compared  to  the  other  merchandise  we  distribute.  Industry  experts  have  indicated  that  consumers  are  making  more 
shopping trips related to fresh food and that perishable foods will serve a more important role in the convenience retail channel in the 
future. We believe our strategies have helped position us and our customers to benefit from these trends. 

Other Business Developments  

Dividends  

The Board of Directors approved the following cash dividends in 2015 (in millions, except per share data)  

Declaration Date 

   Dividends Per Share  

Record Date

February 27, 2015 
May 7, 2015 
August 6, 2015 
November 5, 2015 
______________________________________________ 
(1) 

$0.13 
$0.13 
$0.13 
$0.16 

  March 12, 2015 
  May 22, 2015 
  August 21, 2015 
  November 20, 2015 

Includes cash payments on declared dividends and payments made on RSUs vested subsequent to the payment date. 

Cash Payment 
Amount (1) 

$3.1 
$3.0 
$3.0 
$3.7 

Payment Date

  March 26, 2015 
  June 15, 2015 
  September 14, 2015 
  December 15, 2015 

We paid dividends of $12.8 million and $10.7 million in 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

24 

  
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
Share Repurchase Program  

In May 2013, our Board of Directors authorized a $30 million increase to our stock repurchase plan. At the time of increase, we 
had  $2.3  million  remaining  under  our  stock  repurchase  plan  that  was  then  in  place.  In  2015,  we  repurchased  151,183  shares  of 
common  stock  at  an  average  price  of  $60.70  compared  to  repurchases  of  175,917  shares  of  common  stock  at  an  average  price  of 
$45.49 in 2014. As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, we had $11.5 million and $20.7 million, respectively, available for future share 
repurchases under the program. 

Results of Operations 

Comparison of 2015 and 2014 (in millions) (1): 

2015

Increase 
(Decrease) 

   Amounts

% of Net 
sales

% of Net 
sales, less 
excise taxes   Amounts 

789.3   $ 11,069.4  
7,528.5  
586.5   
3,540.9  
202.8   
8,857.7  
687.9   
637.9  
64.2   

$ 

11.6   

34.2   

Net sales 
Net sales — Cigarettes 
Net sales — Food/non-food 
Net sales, less excise taxes (2) 
Gross profit (3) 
Warehousing and 
    distribution expenses 
Selling, general and 
    administrative expenses 
Amortization of 
    intangible assets 
Income from operations 
Interest expense 
Interest income 
Foreign currency transaction 
    losses, net 
Income before taxes 
Net income 
Adjusted EBITDA (4) 
______________________________________________ 
(1) 
(2) 

1.7   
16.5   
8.8   
12.5   

—   
18.4   
0.1   
(0.1)   

352.6  

196.0  

2.6  
86.7  
(2.5)  
0.5  

(1.8)  
82.9  
51.5  
135.2  

100.0 %  

— %   $

68.0
32.0
80.0
5.8

3.2

1.8

—  
0.8
—  
—  

—  
0.7
0.5
1.2

62.7
37.3
100.0
7.2

4.0

2.2

—  
1.0
—  
—  

—  
0.9
0.6
1.5

10,280.1    
6,942.0   
3,338.1   
8,169.8   
573.7   

318.4   

184.4   

2.6   
68.3   
(2.4)   
0.6   

(0.1)   
66.4   
42.7   
122.7   

2014

% of Net 
sales

% of Net 
sales, less 
excise taxes

100.0 %  

— %

67.5
32.5
79.5
5.6

3.1

1.8

—  
0.7
—  
—  

—  
0.6
0.4
1.2

61.9
38.1
100.0
7.0

3.9

2.3

—
0.8
—
—

—
0.8
0.5
1.5

Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results. 
Net sales, less excise taxes is a non-GAAP financial measure which we provide to separate the increase in sales due to product sales growth and increases in 
state, local and provincial excise taxes which we are responsible for collecting and remitting. Federal excise taxes are levied on the manufacturers who pass the 
taxes on to us as part of the product cost and thus are not a component of our excise taxes. Although increases in cigarette excise taxes result in higher net sales, 
our  overall  gross  profit  percentage  may  be  reduced;  however  we  do  not  expect  increases  in  excise  taxes  to  negatively  impact  gross  profit  per  carton 
(see Comparison of Sales and Gross Profit by Product Category). 
Gross profit may not be comparable to those of other entities because warehousing and distribution expenses are not included as a component of our cost of 
goods sold. 
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure and should be considered as a supplement to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures 
calculated in accordance with GAAP (see calculation of Adjusted EBITDA in “Liquidity and Capital Resources”). 

(3) 

(4) 

Net  Sales.  Net  sales  for  2015  increased  by  $789.3  million,  or  7.7%,  to  $11,069.4  million  from  $10,280.1  million  in  2014. 
Excluding  the  effects  of  foreign  currency  fluctuations  and  one  additional  selling  day,  net  sales  increased  approximately  9.1%,  due 
primarily to a 6.6% increase in cigarette carton sales, an increase in the average sales price per carton, and incremental food/non-food 
sales driven primarily by the continued success of our core strategies. In addition, net sales in 2015 benefited from lower fuel prices, 
which we believe contributed to higher sales in the convenience industry. 

25 

  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net  Sales  of  Cigarettes.  Net  sales  of  cigarettes  for  2015  increased  by  $586.5  million,  or  8.4%,  to  $7,528.5  million  from 
$6,942.0 million  in  2014.  Excluding  the  effects  of  foreign  currency  fluctuations  and  one  additional  selling  day,  cigarette  sales 
increased by approximately 9.9% driven primarily by a 6.6% increase in carton sales and a 3.5% increase in the average sales price 
per carton due primarily to increases in manufacturers’ prices. Cigarette carton sales increased by 6.4% in the U.S. and by 9.1% in 
Canada. The increase in cigarette carton sales was due primarily to market share gains, including the acquisition of Karrys Bros. in 
Canada, and an increase in cartons sold to existing customers. 

Total net cigarette sales as a percentage of total net sales were 68.0% in 2015 compared to 67.5% for 2014.  

Despite  recent  increases  in  our  cigarette  sales,  we  believe  long-term  cigarette  consumption  will  continue  to  be  impacted  by 
rising prices, legislative actions, diminishing social acceptance and sales through illicit  markets. We expect cigarette  manufacturers 
will  raise prices  as  carton  sales  decline  in order  to  maintain or  enhance  their overall profitability,  thus  mitigating  the  effects  of the 
decline to the distributor. In addition, industry data indicates that convenience retailers are more than offsetting cigarette volume profit 
declines  through  higher  sales  of  food/non-food  products.  We  expect  this  trend  to  continue  as  the  convenience  industry  adjusts  to 
consumer demands. 

Net  Sales  of  Food/Non-food  Products.  Net  sales  of  food/non-food  products  for  2015  increased  $202.8  million,  or  6.1%,  to 

$3,540.9 million from $3,338.1 million in 2014.  

The following table provides net sales by product category for our food/non-food products (in millions)(1): 

Product Category 

Food 
Candy 
Other tobacco products 
Health, beauty & general 
Beverages 
Equipment/other 

Total Food/Non-food Products 

2015

Net Sales

2014

Net Sales

Increase 

Amounts 

Percentage

$

$

1,586.1   $
557.0  
870.3  
368.8  
156.6  
2.1  

3,540.9   $

1,462.0   $
534.3  
827.5  
361.0  
151.8  
1.5  

3,338.1   $

124.1   
22.7   
42.8   
7.8   
4.8   
0.6   

202.8   

8.5%
4.2%
5.2%
2.2%
3.2%
40.0%

6.1%

______________________________________________ 
(1) 

Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results. 

Excluding the effects of foreign currency fluctuations and one additional selling day, food/non-food sales for 2015 increased by 
approximately 7.5%, driven primarily by incremental sales to existing customers and market share gains including the acquisition of 
Karrys Bros. Sales generated from VCI, Fresh and Focused Marketing Initiatives (FMI) were the primary drivers of the increase in net 
sales to existing customers. Net sales in our Food category, which increased 8.5% for 2015, contributed over 60% of the 6.1% increase 
in food/non-food sales. In addition, sales of smokeless tobacco products continue to be the primary driver of the increase in sales in 
our OTP category.  We believe the overall trend toward the increased use of smokeless tobacco products will continue and will help 
offset the impact of the expected continued decline in cigarette consumption over the long term.  This shift could potentially result in 
improved  profitability  over  time  due  to  the  profit  margins  associated  with  smokeless  tobacco  products,  which  are  generally  higher 
than those we earn on cigarette sales. 

Total net food/non-food product sales as a percentage of total net sales decreased to 32.0% in 2015 compared to 32.5% in 2014. 

Gross Profit. Gross profit represents the amount of profit after deducting cost of goods sold from net sales during the period. 
Inventory holding gains represent incremental revenues whereas vendor incentives, OTP tax refunds and changes in LIFO reserves are 
components of cost of goods sold and therefore part of our gross profit. Gross profit in 2015 increased by $64.2 million, or 11.2% to 
$637.9  million  from  $573.7  million  for  2014  due  primarily  to  increases  in  sales  and  gross  margins  in  our  food/non-food  category. 
Gross profit for 2015 also benefitted from a $14.4 million decrease in LIFO expense, cigarette tax stamp inventory holding gains of 
approximately $9.0 million related to increases in excise taxes by certain jurisdictions in the third quarter this year and $1.8 million in 
refunds of excise taxes on OTP from prior years. The decrease in LIFO expense was due primarily to a decrease in the PPI for certain 
product categories we use to measure food/non-food LIFO expense as published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics. Since we value our 
inventory in the U.S. on a LIFO basis, our gross profit can be positively or negatively impacted depending on the relative level of 
price inflation or deflation in manufacturer prices as reported in the Bureau of Labor Statistics PPI used to estimate and record our 
book LIFO expense (see Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements). In 2014, 
gross profit included $8.5 million in OTP tax refunds, net of tax assessments, and $6.0 million of candy inventory holding gains. 

Gross profit margin was 5.76% and 5.58% of total net sales for 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

26 

  
  
 
 
 
 
  
Distributors such as Core-Mark may, from time to time, earn higher gross profits on inventory and excise tax stamp quantities 
on  hand  at  the  time  manufacturers’  increase  their  prices  or  when  states,  localities  or  provinces  increase  their  excise  taxes.  Such 
increases are reflected in customer pricing for all subsequent sales, including sales of inventory on hand at the time of the increase. 
The  higher  gross  profits  are  referred  to  as  inventory  holding  gains.  However,  significant  increases  in  cigarette  product  costs  and 
cigarette excise taxes adversely impact our gross profit as a percentage of net sales, because we are paid on a cents per carton basis for 
cigarette sales. Conversely, we generally benefit from food/non-food price increases, because product prices for these categories are 
usually determined using a percentage markup on cost of goods sold. 

Our cigarette and cigarette tax stamp inventory holding gains were $19.1 million, or 3.0%, of our gross profit for 2015 compared 
to $8.2 million, or 1.4%, of our gross profit for 2014. We expect cigarette manufacturers will continue to raise prices as carton sales 
decline in order to maintain or enhance their overall profitability and the various taxing jurisdictions will raise excise taxes to make up 
for lost tax dollars related to consumption declines. 

In addition, in 2014, we recognized $6.0 million, or 1.1%, of our gross profit for candy inventory holding gains resulting from 
manufacturer price increases. These gains were recognized as the inventory was sold. Although we have realized significant candy 
inventory holding gains in two of the last five years, this income is not predictable and is dependent on inventory levels and the timing 
of manufacturer price increases. 

The following table provides the components comprising the change in gross profit as a percentage of net sales for 2015 and 

2014 (in millions)(1): 

2015

2014

Increase 
(Decrease)    Amounts

% of Net 
sales

% of Net 
sales, less 
excise taxes   Amounts    

% of Net 
sales

% of Net 
sales, less 
excise taxes

$

$

Net sales 
Net sales, less excise taxes(2) 
Components of gross profit: 
Cigarette inventory holding gains(3) 
Candy inventory holding gains(4) 
Cigarette tax stamp inventory holding 
gains (5) 
OTP tax items(6) 
LIFO expense(7) 
Remaining gross profit(8) 

789.3   $11,069.4  
8,857.7  
687.9  

100.0 %  
80.0

— %   $10,280.1   
8,169.8   

100.0

100.0 %  
79.5

— %

100.0

1.9   $
(6.0)  

10.1  
—  

0.09 %  
—  

0.11 %   $
—  

8.2   
6.0   

0.08 %  
0.06

0.10 %
0.08

9.0  
(6.7)  
(14.4)  
51.6  

9.0  
1.8  
(1.9)  
618.9  

0.08
0.02
(0.02) 
5.59

0.10
0.02
(0.02) 
6.99

—   
8.5   
(16.3)   
567.3   

—  

0.08
(0.16) 
5.52

—
0.10
(0.20) 
6.94

Gross profit 

$

64.2   $

637.9  

5.76 %  

7.20 %   $

573.7   

5.58 %  

7.02 %

______________________________________________ 
(1) 
(2) 

Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results. 
Net sales, less excise taxes is a non-GAAP financial measure which we provide to separate the increase in sales due to product sales growth and increases in 
state, local and provincial excise taxes which we are responsible for collecting and remitting. Federal excise taxes are levied on the manufacturers who pass the 
tax on to us as part of the product cost and thus are not a component of our excise taxes. Although increases in cigarette excise taxes result in higher net sales, 
our  overall  gross  profit  percentage  may  be  reduced;  however  we  do  not  expect  increases  in  excise  taxes  to  negatively  impact  gross  profit  per  carton 
(see Comparison of Sales and Gross Profit by Product Category). 
The amount of cigarette inventory holding gains attributable to the U.S. and Canada were $8.7 million and $1.4 million, respectively, for 2015, compared to 
$7.2 million and $1.0 million, respectively, for 2014. 
For  2014,  we  recognized  approximately  $6.0  million  in  candy  inventory  holding  gains  resulting  from  manufacturer  price  increases.  The  amount  of  candy 
inventory holding gains attributable to the U.S. and Canada for 2014 were $5.4 million and $0.6 million, respectively. 
For  2015,  we  recognized  cigarette  tax  stamp  inventory  holding  gains  in  the  U.S.  of  $9.0  million,  resulting  from  the  increase  in  the  excise  tax  rates  of 
certain jurisdictions. 
For 2015, we received OTP tax refunds of $1.8  million related to prior  years’ taxes.  For 2014, we received  OTP tax  refunds of $9.0  million related to prior 
years’ taxes, offset by an OTP tax assessment of $0.5 million. 
The  decrease  in  LIFO  expense  was  due  primarily  to  a  decrease  in  the  PPI  for  certain  product  categories  we  use  to  measure  food/non-food  LIFO  expense  as 
published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics. Since we value our inventory in the U.S. on a LIFO basis, our gross profit can be positively or negatively impacted 
depending on the relative level of price inflation or deflation in manufacturer prices as reported in the Bureau of Labor Statistics PPI used to estimate and record 
our book LIFO expense (see Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements). 
Remaining  gross  profit  is  a  non-GAAP  financial  measure  which  we  provide  to  segregate  the  effects  of  LIFO  expense,  cigarette  inventory  holding  gains  and 
other items that significantly affect the comparability of gross profit. 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 

(6) 

(7) 

(8) 

Remaining  gross  profit  increased  $51.6  million,  or  9.1%,  to  $618.9  million  for  2015  from  $567.3  million  for  2014.  In  2015, 
remaining gross profit margin was 5.59% of total net sales compared to 5.52% in 2014. The seven basis points increase in remaining 
gross profit margin was driven primarily by an increase in food/non-food margins, resulting largely from the continued success of our 

27 

  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
marketing  strategies,  which  improved  overall  margins  by  10  basis  points,  together  with  an  increase  in  cigarette  margins,  which 
contributed two basis points and offset by five basis points related primarily to increases in cigarette manufacturers’ prices. 

Cigarette remaining gross profit per carton increased by 2.5% in 2015 compared to 2014 due primarily to a shift in carton sales 
to  more  profitable  geographies  and  higher  manufacturers’  discounts  earned  as  a  result  of  price  increases,  offset  partially  by  the 
unfavorable impact of foreign currency fluctuations. 

Food/non-food  remaining  gross  profit  increased  $36.5  million,  or  8.9%  in  2015  compared  to  2014.  Food/non-food  remaining 
gross profit margin increased 33 basis points to 12.61% in 2015 compared with 12.28% for the same period in 2014 driven primarily 
by  sales  growth  in  our  Food  category  and  a  sales  shift  towards  higher  margin  items.  Our  remaining  gross  profit  for  food/non-food 
products was approximately 72% of our total remaining gross profit for both 2015 and 2014. 

To the extent we capture large chain business, our gross profit margins may be negatively impacted. Although our gross profit 
margins in 2015 were not negatively impacted on a comparable basis due to large chain customer additions, we do expect our gross 
profit  margins  to  be  negatively  impacted  in  2016  due  to  large  chain  customer  additions.  However,  large  chain  customers  generally 
require less working capital, allowing us, in most cases, to offer lower prices to achieve a favorable return on our investment. Our 
focus is to strike a balance between large chain business, which generally has lower gross profit margins, and independently-owned 
convenience  stores,  which  comprise  approximately  67%  of  the  overall  convenience  store  market  and  generally  have  higher  gross 
profit margins. 

Operating  Expenses.  Our  operating  expenses  include  costs  related  to  Warehousing  and  Distribution,  Selling,  General  and 
Administrative  and  Amortization  of  Intangible  Assets.  In  2015,  operating  expenses  increased  by  $45.8  million,  or  9.1%,  to 
$551.2 million from $505.4 million in 2014. As a percentage of net sales, total operating expenses were 5.0% in 2015 compared to 
4.9% in 2014. Operating expenses for 2015 include approximately $15.9 million in incremental expenses for our new Ohio division 
and  the  addition  of  the  Karrys  Bros.  operations.  In  addition,  increases  in  the  amount  of  cubic  feet  of  product  handled,  incremental 
customer deliveries, approximately $6.0 million of additional costs associated with information technology, infrastructure and people 
to support future growth, and $1.1 million of identifiable costs related to the on-boarding of new customers in the first quarter of 2016, 
contributed to higher operating costs in 2015.  

Warehousing  and  Distribution  Expenses.  Warehousing  and  distribution  expenses  increased  by  $34.2  million,  or  10.7%,  to 
$352.6 million in 2015 from $318.4 million in 2014. As a percentage of total net sales, warehousing and distribution expenses were 
3.2%  for  2015  compared  with  3.1%  for  2014.  The  increase  in  warehouse  and  distribution  expenses  was  primarily  attributable  to  a 
5.9% increase in comparable cubic feet of product sold driven largely by our food/non-food category, a 9.4% increase in deliveries to 
customers, and approximately $11.8 million in incremental expenses for our new Ohio division and the addition of the Karrys Bros. 
operations.  In  addition,  workers’  compensation  costs  increased  $2.5  million,  and  we  incurred  $1.1  million  of  identifiable  costs 
related to  the  on-boarding  of  new  customers  in  the  first  quarter  of  2016.  These  increases  were  offset  partially  by  a  $7.7  million 
decrease in net fuel costs. The increase in workers’ compensation costs related primarily to the adverse development of certain claims 
from prior years. 

The  decrease  in  our  fuel  costs  was  driven  by  lower  diesel  fuel  prices  and  in  part  by  our  conversion  to  vehicles  that  use 
compressed natural gas (CNG), offset by an increase in miles driven. As of December 31, 2015, we had converted approximately 24% 
of  our  fleet  to  CNG  tractors.  Future  increases  or  decreases  in  fuel  costs  and  fuel  surcharges  we  collect  from  our  customers  may 
materially impact our financial results depending on the extent and timing of these changes. 

Selling,  General  and  Administrative  (SG&A)  Expenses.  SG&A  expenses  increased  by  $11.6  million,  or  6.3%  in  2015  to 
$196.0 million from $184.4 million in 2014. SG&A expenses for 2015 included approximately $4.1 million of incremental expenses 
for  our  new  Ohio  division  and  the  addition  of  the  Karrys  Bros.  operations,  a  $2.8  million  increase  in  employee  bonus  and  stock 
compensation  expense,  $1.6  million  related  to  the  lump  sum  settlement  of  pension  liabilities  and  approximately  $6.0  million  of 
additional costs associated with information technology, infrastructure and people to support future growth. SG&A expenses for 2014 
included $1.5 million for a product liability settlement and related legal expenses and $1.0 million in professional fees associated with 
the collection of the OTP tax refunds in 2014. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A expenses were 1.8% for both 2015 and 2014. 

Interest Expense. Interest expense includes both interest and loan amortization fees related to borrowings and facility fees and 
interest  on  capital  lease  obligations.  Interest  expense  was  $2.5  million  and  $2.4  million  in  2015  and  2014,  respectively.  Average 
borrowings were $39.6 million and $14.8 million in 2015 and 2014, respectively, with an average interest rate of 1.6% for both years. 

Foreign  Currency  Transaction  Losses,  Net.  Foreign  currency  transaction  losses  were  $1.8  million  in  2015  compared  to 
$0.1 million in 2014. The change was due primarily to the fluctuation in the Canadian/U.S. dollar exchange rate. During times of a 
strengthening U.S. dollar, we will record transaction losses from our Canadian operations. Conversely we will record transaction gains 
during times of a weakening U.S. dollar.  

28 

Income Taxes. Our effective tax rate was 37.9% for 2015 compared to 35.7% for 2014. The provision for income taxes for 2015 
included  a  net  benefit  of  $0.3  million,  compared  to  a  net  benefit  of  $1.8  million  in  2014,  related  primarily  to  adjustments  of  prior 
years’  estimates  and  the  expiration  of  statute  of  limitations  for  uncertain  tax  positions  which  reduced  our  effective  tax  rates  by 
approximately 0.4% and 2.7%, respectively. 

Results of Operations 

Comparison of 2014 and 2013 (in millions) (1): 

2014

Increase 
(Decrease) 

   Amounts

% of Net 
sales

% of Net 
sales, less 
excise taxes   Amounts 

512.5   $ 10,280.1  
6,942.0  
300.0   
3,338.1  
212.5   
8,169.8  
453.0   
573.7  
36.6   

$ 

16.1   

21.3   

Net sales 
Net sales — Cigarettes 
Net sales — Food/non-food 
Net sales, less excise taxes (2) 
Gross profit (3) 
Warehousing and 
    distribution expenses 
Selling, general and 
    administrative expenses 
Amortization of 
    intangible assets 
Income from operations 
Interest expense 
Interest income 
Foreign currency transaction 
    losses, net 
Income before taxes 
Net income 
Adjusted EBITDA (4) 
______________________________________________ 
(1) 
(2) 

(0.7)   
0.4   
1.1   
13.2   

(0.1)   
(0.7)   
(0.3)   
0.1   

318.4  

184.4  

2.6  
68.3  
(2.4)  
0.6  

(0.1)  
66.4  
42.7  
122.7  

100.0 %  

— %   $

67.5
32.5
79.5
5.6

3.1

1.8

—  
0.7
—  
—  

—  
0.6
0.4
1.2

61.9
38.1
100.0
7.0

3.9

2.3

—  
0.8
—  
—  

—  
0.8
0.5
1.5

9,767.6    
6,642.0   
3,125.6   
7,716.8   
537.1   

297.1   

168.3   

2.7   
69.0   
(2.7)   
0.5   

(0.8)   
66.0   
41.6   
109.5   

2013

% of Net 
sales

% of Net 
sales, less 
excise taxes

100.0 %  

— %

68.0
32.0
79.0
5.5

3.1

1.7

—  
0.7
—  
—  

—  
0.7
0.4
1.1

62.3
37.7
100.0
7.0

3.9

2.2

—
0.9
—
—

—
0.9
0.5
1.4

Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results. 
Net sales, less excise taxes is a non-GAAP financial measure which we provide to separate the increase in sales due to product sales growth and increases in 
state, local and provincial excise taxes which we are responsible for collecting and remitting. Federal excise taxes are levied on the manufacturers who pass the 
taxes on to us as part of the product cost and thus are not a component of our excise taxes. Although increases in cigarette excise taxes result in higher net sales, 
our  overall  gross  profit  percentage  may  be  reduced;  however  we  do  not  expect  increases  in  excise  taxes  to  negatively  impact  gross  profit  per  carton 
(see Comparison of Sales and Gross Profit by Product Category). 
Gross profit may not be comparable to those of other entities because warehousing and distribution expenses are not included as a component of our cost of 
goods sold. 
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure and should be considered as a supplement to, and not as a substitute for, or superior to, financial measures 
calculated in accordance with GAAP (see calculation of Adjusted EBITDA in “Liquidity and Capital Resources”). 

(3) 

(4) 

Net  Sales.  Net  sales  for  2014  increased  by  $512.5  million,  or  5.2%,  to  $10,280.1  million  from  $9,767.6  million  in  2013. 
Excluding the effects of foreign currency fluctuations, net sales increased approximately 6.2%, due primarily to market share gains, 
incremental food/non-food sales to existing customers and an increase in the average price per carton of cigarettes, offset by a modest 
decline in carton sales, excluding market share gains. The incremental food/non-food sales to existing customers was driven primarily 
by  the  continued  success  of  our  core  strategies.  The  increase  in  the  average  price  per  carton  of  cigarettes  was  related  mainly  to 
increases in manufacturers’ prices. Net sales in our Food category, which increased 8.9% in 2014, contributed over half of the 6.8% 
increase in food/non-food sales. 

Net  Sales  of  Cigarettes.  Net  sales  of  cigarettes  for  2014  increased  by  $300.0  million,  or  4.5%,  to  $6,942.0  million  from 
$6,642.0 million in 2013. The increase in net cigarette sales was driven primarily by a 3.0% increase in the average price per carton 
and the addition of two major customers in the second half of 2013, offset by a decline of 0.8% in carton sales for the remainder of the 
business.  Excluding  the  two  major  customers,  cigarette  cartons  decreased  by  1.1%  in  the  U.S.  and  increased  by  2.0%  in  Canada, 
driven primarily by market share gains. Total net cigarette sales as a percentage of total net sales were 67.5% in 2014 compared to 
68.0% for 2013. 

29 

  
  
  
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We  believe  long-term  cigarette  consumption  will  be  negatively  impacted  by  rising  prices,  legislative  actions,  tobacco 
alternatives,  including  electronic  cigarettes,  diminishing  social  acceptance  and  sales  through  illicit  markets.  We  expect  cigarette 
manufacturers will raise prices as carton sales decline in order to maintain or enhance their overall profitability, thus mitigating the 
effects of the decline to the distributor. In addition, industry data indicates that convenience retailers are more than offsetting cigarette 
volume profit declines through higher sales of food/non-food products. We expect this trend to continue as the convenience industry 
adjusts to consumer demands. 

Net  Sales  of  Food/Non-food  Products.  Net  sales  of  food/non-food  products  for  2014  increased  $212.5  million,  or  6.8%,  to 

$3,338.1 million from $3,125.6 million in 2013.  

The following table provides net sales by product category for our food/non-food products (in millions)(1): 

Product Category 

Food 
Candy (2) 
Other tobacco products 
Health, beauty & general (2) 
Beverages 
Equipment/other 

Total Food/Non-food Products 

2014

Net Sales

2013

Net Sales

Increase (Decrease)

Amounts 

Percentage

$

$

1,462.0   $
534.3  
827.5  
361.0  
151.8  
1.5  

3,338.1   $

1,342.3   $
513.2  
787.8  
341.3  
139.1  
1.9  

3,125.6   $

119.7   
21.1   
39.7   
19.7   
12.7   
(0.4)   

212.5   

8.9 %
4.1 %
5.0 %
5.8 %
9.1 %
(21.1)%

6.8 %

______________________________________________ 
(1) 
(2) 

Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results. 
In 2014, certain products were moved from the Candy category to the Health, beauty & general category to align them with the industry classifications used by 
NACS. The 2013 presentation has been realigned to reflect these changes. Without the changes, net sales for Candy would have been $527.2 million for the year 
ended December 31, 2013. Net sales for Health, beauty & general products would have been $327.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. 

The  increase  in  food/non-food  sales  was  driven  by  incremental  sales  to  existing  customers,  market  share  gains  and  price 
inflation, offset partially by the impact of a weaker Canadian dollar in 2014. Sales generated from VCI, Fresh and FMI contributed to 
this improvement in net sales. In addition, we also continued to see higher sales of smokeless tobacco products in our OTP category.  
We  believe  the  overall  trend  toward  increased  use  of  smokeless  tobacco  products  will  continue  and  will  help  offset  the  impact  of 
expected continued declines in cigarette consumption.  This shift could potentially result in improved profitability over time due to the 
profit margins associated with smokeless tobacco products, which are generally higher than those we earn on cigarette carton sales. 

Total  net  sales  of  food/non-food  products  as  a  percentage  of  total  net  sales  increased  to  32.5%  in  2014  compared  to  32.0% 

in 2013. 

Gross Profit. Gross profit represents the amount of profit after deducting cost of goods sold from net sales during the period. 
Inventory holding gains represent incremental revenues whereas vendor incentives, OTP tax refunds and changes in LIFO reserves are 
components of cost of goods sold and therefore part of our gross profit. Gross profit in 2014 increased by $36.6 million, or 6.8% to 
$573.7 million from $537.1 million for 2013 due primarily to increases in sales and profit margins in our food/non-food category. This 
increase includes $8.5 million in refunds, net of tax assessments, related primarily to the over payment of excise taxes on OTP from 
prior years. Gross profit in 2014 also benefitted from candy inventory holding gains of $6.0 million, offset by a $7.6 million increase 
in LIFO expense, driven largely by inflation in the cigarette, confection and grocery categories as measured by the PPI published by 
the Bureau of Labor Statistics. Gross profit margin was 5.58% and 5.50% of total net sales for 2014 and 2013, respectively.  

Distributors such as Core-Mark may, from time to time, earn higher gross profits on inventory and excise tax stamp quantities 
on  hand  at  the  time  manufacturers’  increase  their  prices  or  when  states,  localities  or  provinces  increase  their  excise  taxes.  Such 
increases are reflected in customer pricing for all subsequent sales, including sales of inventory on hand at the time of the increase. 
The  higher  gross  profits  are  referred  to  as  inventory  holding  gains.  However,  significant  increases  in  cigarette  product  costs  and 
cigarette excise taxes adversely impact our gross profit as a percentage of net sales, because we are paid on a cents per carton basis for 
cigarette sales. Conversely, we generally benefit from food/non-food price increases, because product costs for these categories are 
usually marked up using a percentage of cost of goods sold. 

Our  cigarette  inventory  holding gains  were  $8.2  million,  or  1.4%,  of  our  gross  profit  for  2014,  $9.0  million,  or  1.7%,  of  our 

gross profit for 2013. 

In addition, we recognized $6.0 million, or 1.1%, of our gross profit for 2014, for candy inventory holding gains resulting from 

manufacturer price increases. These gains were recognized as the inventory was sold. 

30 

  
  
 
 
 
 
  
Lastly,  since  we  value  our  inventory  in  the  U.S.  on  a  LIFO  basis,  our  gross  profit  can  be  positively  or  negatively  impacted 
depending  on  the  relative  level  of  price  inflation  or  deflation  in  manufacturer  prices  as  reported  in  the  Bureau  of  Labor  Statistics 
Producer  Price  Index  used  to  estimate  and  accrue  for  our  book  LIFO  expense  (see  Note  2  -  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting 
Policies to our consolidated financial statements). 

The following table provides the components comprising the change in gross profit as a percentage of net sales for 2014 and 

2013 (in millions)(1): 

2014

2013

Increase 
(Decrease)    Amounts

% of Net 
sales

% of Net 
sales, less 
excise taxes   Amounts    

% of Net 
sales

% of Net 
sales, less 
excise taxes

$

$

Net sales 
Net sales, less excise taxes(2) 
Components of gross profit: 
Cigarette inventory holding gains(3) 
Candy inventory holding gains(4) 
OTP tax items(5) 
LIFO expense(6) 
Remaining gross profit(7) 

512.5   $10,280.1  
8,169.8  
453.0  

100.0 %  
79.5

— %   $ 9,767.6   
7,716.8   

100.0

100.0 %  
79.0

— %

100.0

(0.8)   $
6.0  
8.5  
7.6  
30.5  

8.2  
6.0  
8.5  
(16.3)  
567.3  

0.08 %  
0.06
0.08
(0.16) 
5.52

0.10 %   $
0.08
0.10
(0.20) 
6.94

9.0   
—   
—   
(8.7)   
536.8   

0.09 %  
—  
—  

(0.09) 
5.50

0.12 %
—
—
(0.12) 
6.96

Gross profit 

$

36.6   $

573.7  

5.58 %  

7.02 %   $

537.1   

5.50 %  

6.96 %

______________________________________________ 
(1) 
(2) 

Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results. 
Net sales, less excise taxes is a non-GAAP financial measure which we provide to separate the increase in sales due to product sales growth and increases in 
state, local and provincial excise taxes which we are responsible for collecting and remitting. Federal excise taxes are levied on the manufacturers who pass the 
tax on to us as part of the product cost and thus are not a component of our excise taxes. Although increases in cigarette excise taxes result in higher net sales, 
our  overall  gross  profit  percentage  may  be  reduced;  however  we  do  not  expect  increases  in  excise  taxes  to  negatively  impact  gross  profit  per  carton 
(see Comparison of Sales and Gross Profit by Product Category). 
The amount of cigarette inventory holding gains attributable to the U.S. and Canada were $7.2 million and $1.0 million, respectively, for 2014, compared to 
$8.3 million and $0.7 million, respectively, for 2013. 
For  2014,  we  recognized  approximately  $6.0  million  in  candy  inventory  holding  gains  resulting  from  manufacturer  price  increases.  The  amount  of  candy 
inventory holding gains attributable to the U.S. and Canada for 2014 were $5.4 million and $0.6 million, respectively. 
For 2014, we received OTP tax refunds of $9.0 million related to prior years’ taxes, offset by an OTP tax assessment of $0.5 million. 
The increase in LIFO expense was driven largely by inflation in the cigarette, confection and grocery categories as measured by the PPI published by the Bureau 
of Labor Statistics. We value our inventory in the U.S. on a LIFO basis, therefore our gross profit can be positively or negatively impacted depending on the 
relative level of price inflation or deflation in manufacturer prices as reported in the Bureau of Labor Statistics Producer Price Index used to estimate and accrue 
for our book LIFO expense (see Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our consolidated financial statements). 
Remaining  gross  profit  is  a  non-GAAP  financial  measure  which  we  provide  to  segregate  the  effects  of  LIFO  expense,  cigarette  inventory  holding  gains  and 
other items that significantly affect the comparability of gross profit. 

(3) 

(4) 

(5) 
(6) 

(7) 

Remaining  gross  profit  increased  $30.5  million,  or  5.7%,  to  $567.3  million  for  2014  from  $536.8  million  for  2013.  In  2014, 
remaining gross profit margin was 5.52% of total net sales compared to 5.50% in 2013. The shift in sales mix towards higher margin 
food/non-food  items  increased  overall  remaining  gross  profit  margin  by  13  basis  points,  offset  by  the  addition  of  two  new  major 
customers in 2013, which reduced margins by six basis points. In addition, increases in cigarette manufacturers’ prices compressed 
remaining gross profit margin by approximately six basis points in 2014. 

Cigarette  remaining  gross  profit  per  carton  decreased  by  0.8%  in  2014  compared  to  2013  due  primarily  to  the  compressing 

impact of the two major customers gained during 2013. 

Food/non-food  remaining  gross  profit  increased  $30.2  million,  or  8.0%  in  2014  compared  to  2013.  Food/non-food  remaining 
gross  profit  margin  increased  13  basis  points  to  12.28%  in  2014  compared  with  12.15%  in  2013.  Excluding  the  two  new  major 
customers, food/non-food remaining gross profit margin increased by 20 basis points driven by sales growth in our Food category and 
the shift toward higher margin items primarily as a result of the continued success of our marketing programs, offset by OTP, which 
had higher sales in 2014 but lower gross profit margins relative to other food/non-food products. 

31 

  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
To  the  extent  we  capture  large  chain  business,  our  gross  profit  margins  may  be  negatively  impacted.  However,  large  chain 
customers generally require less working capital, allowing us, in most cases, to offer lower prices to achieve a favorable return on our 
investment.  Our  focus  is  to  strike  a  balance  between  large  chain  business,  which  generally  has  lower  gross  profit  margins,  and 
independently-owned convenience stores, which comprise approximately 67% of the overall convenience store market and generally 
have higher gross profit margins. 

Operating  Expenses.  Our  operating  expenses  include  costs  related  to  Warehousing  and  Distribution,  Selling,  General  and 
Administrative  and  Amortization  of  Intangible  Assets.  In  2014,  operating  expenses  increased  by  $37.3  million,  or  8.0%,  to 
$505.4 million from $468.1 million in 2013. As a percentage of net sales, total operating expenses were 4.9% in 2014 compared to 
4.8% in 2013. Increases in the amount of cubic feet of product handled in the warehouse and by our drivers, contributed to higher 
operating costs. In addition, we continue to see upward pressure on operating expenses as a percentage of net sales due to a shift in 
sales to food/non-food categories. This is due, in part, to the lower selling price point for these categories, compared to cigarettes. The 
shift in sales to food/non-food products increased operating expenses as a percentage of net sales by approximately 14 basis points in 
2014 compared to 2013. 

Warehousing  and  Distribution  Expenses.  Warehousing  and  distribution  expenses  increased  by  $21.3  million,  or  7.2%,  to 
$318.4 million in 2014 from $297.1 million in 2013. The increase in warehousing and distribution expenses was due primarily to a 
7.2%  increase  in  comparable  cubic  feet  of  product  sold  driven  largely  by  our  food/non-food  category.  In  addition,  we  experienced 
higher delivery salaries and healthcare costs, offset partially by a decrease in fuel costs. 

Delivery  salaries  increased  approximately  11%  driven  primarily  by  the  increase  in  cubic  feet  of  product  shipped,  a  6.1% 
increase in miles driven and higher costs resulting from the continued tightness of the driver labor pool in certain markets, consistent 
with national trucking industry trends. 

Fuel costs decreased $1.2 million, or 5.6%, due primarily to lower diesel fuel prices and in part our conversion to vehicles that 

use compressed natural gas (CNG).  As of December 31, 2014, we had converted approximately 20% of our fleet to CNG. 

As a percentage of total net sales, warehousing and distribution expenses were 3.1% for both 2014 and 2013. The shift in sales 
to food/non-food products increased warehouse and delivery expenses as a percentage of net sales by approximately nine basis points 
in 2014 compared to 2013, since food/non-food products have lower sales price points than the cigarette category. 

Selling,  General  and  Administrative  (SG&A)  Expenses.  SG&A  expenses  increased  by  $16.1  million,  or  9.6%  in  2014  to 
$184.4 million from $168.3 million in 2013. SG&A expenses in 2014 included a $4.5 million increase for employee bonus and stock-
based compensation expense, a $1.9 million increase in employee healthcare costs, $1.5 million for a product liability settlement and 
related  legal  expenses,  $1.4  million  of  transitional  expenses  related  to  our  business  expansion  activities  and  $1.0  million  in 
professional  fees  associated  with  the  collection  of  the  OTP  tax  refunds  in  2014.  SG&A  expenses  in  2013  included  $2.5  million  of 
integration and other expenses related to our business expansion activities. 

As a percentage of net sales, SG&A expenses were 1.8% in 2014 compared to 1.7% for 2013. Excluding the aforementioned 
items,  SG&A  expenses  as  a  percentage  of  sales  were  1.5%  for  both  2014  and  2013.  The  shift  in  sales  to  food/non-food  products 
increased SG&A expenses as a percentage of net sales by approximately five basis points in 2014 compared to 2013. 

Interest Expense. Interest expense includes both interest and loan amortization fees related to borrowings and facility fees and 
interest  on  capital  lease  obligations.  Interest  expense  was  $2.4  million  and  $2.7  million  in  2014  and  2013,  respectively.  Average 
borrowings in 2014 were $14.8 million with an average interest rate of 1.6%, compared to average borrowings of $35.3 million and an 
average  interest  rate  of  1.8%  in  2013.  Lower  average  borrowings  and  interest  rates  for  2014  were  offset  by  an  increase  in  interest 
expense related to capital lease arrangements. 

Foreign  Currency  Transaction  Losses,  Net.  Foreign  currency  transaction  losses  were  $0.1  million  in  2014  compared  to 

$0.8 million in 2013. The change was due primarily to the fluctuation in the Canadian/U.S. dollar exchange rate. 

Income Taxes. Our effective tax rate was 35.7% for 2014 compared to 37.0% for 2013. The provision for income taxes for 2014 
included  a  net  benefit  of  $1.8  million,  compared  to  a  net  benefit  of  $0.9  million  in  2013,  related  primarily  to  adjustments  of  prior 
years’  estimates  and  the  expiration  of  statute  of  limitations  for  uncertain  tax  positions  which  reduced  our  effective  tax  rates  by 
approximately 2.7% and 1.4%, respectively. 

32 

Comparison of Sales and Gross Profit by Product Category  

The following table summarizes our cigarette and food/non-food product sales, LIFO expense, gross profit and other relevant 

financial data for 2015, 2014 and 2013 (in millions)(1): 

2015

2014 

2013

Cigarettes 
Net sales 
Excise taxes in sales (2) 
Net sales, less excise taxes (3) 
LIFO expense (4) 
Gross profit (5) 
Gross profit % 
Gross profit % less excise taxes 
Remaining gross profit (7) 
Remaining gross profit % 
Remaining gross profit % less excise taxes 

Food/Non-food Products 
Net sales 
Excise taxes in sales (2) 
Net sales, less excise taxes (3) 
LIFO (income) expense (4) 
Gross profit (6) 
Gross profit % 
Gross profit % less excise taxes 
Remaining gross profit (7) 
Remaining gross profit % 
Remaining gross profit % less excise taxes 

Totals 
Net sales 
Excise taxes in sales (2) 
Net sales, less excise taxes (3) 
LIFO expense (4) 
Gross profit (5) (6) 
Gross profit % 
Gross profit % less excise taxes 
Remaining gross profit (7) 
Remaining gross profit % 
Remaining gross profit % less excise taxes 
______________________________________________ 
(1) 
(2) 

$

  $ 

7,528.5
1,977.5
5,551.0
11.0
180.5
2.40%   
3.25%   

$

172.4

  $ 

2.29%   
3.11%   

  $

6,942.0
1,881.1
5,060.9
10.1
155.4

2.24%  
3.07%  

  $

157.3
2.27%  
3.11%  

$

$

  $ 

3,540.9
234.2
3,306.7

(9.1) 

457.4
12.92%   
13.83%   
446.5
12.61%   
13.50%   

  $ 

3,338.1
229.2
3,108.9
6.2
418.3
12.53%  
13.45%  
410.0
12.28%  
13.19%  

  $

  $

  $

  $  10,280.1
2,110.3
8,169.8
16.3
573.7

$ 11,069.4
2,211.7
8,857.7
1.9
637.9
5.76%   
7.20%   

$

618.9

  $ 

5.59%   
6.99%   

5.58%  
7.02%  

  $

567.3
5.52%  
6.94%  

6,642.0
1,832.8
4,809.2
7.5
158.5
2.39%
3.30%

157.0
2.36%
3.26%

3,125.6
218.0
2,907.6
1.2
378.6
12.11%
13.02%
379.8
12.15%
13.06%

9,767.6
2,050.8
7,716.8
8.7
537.1
5.50%
6.96%

536.8
5.50%
6.96%

(3) 

(4) 

Amounts and percentages have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results. 
Excise taxes included in our net sales consist of state, local and provincial excise taxes which we are responsible for collecting and remitting. Federal excise 
taxes are levied on the manufacturers who pass the tax on to us as part of the product cost and thus are not a component of our excise taxes. Although increases 
in cigarette excise taxes result in higher net sales, our overall gross profit percentage may be reduced since gross profit dollars generally remain the same. 
Net sales, less excise taxes is a non-GAAP financial measure which we provide to separate the increase in sales due to product sales growth and increases in 
excise taxes. 
LIFO  expense  decreased  $14.4  million  in  2015  compared  to  2014,  due  primarily  to  a  decrease  in  the  PPI  for  certain  product  categories  we  use  to  measure 
food/non-food LIFO expense as published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics. Since we value our inventory in the U.S. on a LIFO basis, our gross profit can be 
positively  or  negatively  impacted  depending  on  the  relative  level  of  price  inflation  or  deflation  in  manufacturer  prices  as  reported  in  the  Bureau  of  Labor 
Statistics  PPI  used  to  estimate  and  record  our  book  LIFO  expense  (see  Note  2  -  Summary  of  Significant  Accounting  Policies  to  our  consolidated  financial 
statements). 

33 

  
  
  
 
  
    
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
(5) 

(6) 

(7) 

Cigarette  gross  profit  includes  (i)  cigarette  inventory  holding  gains  related  to  manufacturer  price  increases,  (ii)  increases  in  state,  local  and  provincial  excise 
taxes and (iii) LIFO effects. Cigarette inventory holding gains for the years 2015, 2014 and 2013 were $10.1 million, $8.2 million and $9.0 million, respectively. 
For 2015, we recognized cigarette tax stamp inventory holding gains in the U.S. of $9.0 million, resulting from the increase in the excise tax rates of certain 
jurisdictions. 
Food/non-food gross profit includes (i) inventory holding gains related to manufacturer price increases, (ii) increases in state, local and provincial excise taxes, 
(iii) LIFO effects, (iv) OTP tax refunds of $1.8 million in 2015 and $8.5 million in 2014, net of an OTP tax assessment of $0.5 million, related to prior years’ 
taxes and (v) a $6.0 million net candy holding gain in 2014. 
Remaining  gross  profit  is  a  non-GAAP  financial  measure  which  we  provide  to  segregate  the  effects  of  LIFO  expense,  cigarette  inventory  holding  gains  and 
other items that significantly affect the comparability of gross profit. 

Liquidity and Capital Resources  

Our cash and cash equivalents as of December 31, 2015 were $12.5 million compared to $14.4 million at December 31, 2014. 
Our  restricted  cash  at  December 31,  2015  was  $8.5  million  compared  to  $13.0  million  at  December 31,  2014.  Restricted  cash 
represents primarily funds that have been set aside in trust as required by one of the Canadian provincial taxing authorities to secure 
amounts payable for cigarette and tobacco excise taxes. 

Our  liquidity  requirements  arise  primarily  from  the  funding  of  our  working  capital,  capital  expenditures,  debt  service 
requirements of our Credit Facility, income taxes, repurchases of common stock and dividend payments. We have historically funded 
our liquidity requirements through our cash flows from operations and external borrowings. For the year ended December 31, 2015, 
our  cash  flows  from  operating  activities  provided  $77.2  million  and  at  December 31,  2015,  we  had  $123.9  million  of  borrowing 
capacity available under our Credit Facility. 

Based on our anticipated cash needs, availability under our Credit Facility and the scheduled maturity of our debt, we expect that 

our current liquidity will be sufficient to meet all of our anticipated operating needs during the next twelve months. 

Cash flows from operating activities 

Year ended December 31, 2015  

Net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  increased  by  $10.7  million  to  $77.2  million  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2015 
compared to $66.5 million for the same period in 2014. This increase was due primarily to an increase of $17.6 million in net income 
adjusted for non-cash items, offset by an increase in cash used in working capital of $6.9 million. The increase in cash used in working 
capital  was  due  primarily  to  an  increase  in  receivables  resulting  primarily  from  higher  sales  and  the  timing  of  inventory  purchases 
including prepayments to certain vendors. 

Year ended December 31, 2014  

Net  cash  provided  by  operating  activities  increased  by  $7.4  million  to  $66.5  million  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2014 
compared to $59.1 million for the same period in 2013. This increase was due primarily to an increase of $7.9 million in net income 
adjusted  for  non-cash  items,  offset  by  an  increase  in  cash  used  in  working  capital  of  $0.5  million.  The  slight  increase  in  working 
capital was due primarily to an increase in inventory related to year-end LIFO purchases, which were higher than 2013, offset by a 
decline in prepayments, driven primarily by the timing of certain cigarette manufacturer prepayments and a lesser increase in cigarette 
and tobacco taxes payable in 2014 compared to 2013 due to timing of year-end stamp purchases. 

Cash flows from investing activities 

Year ended December 31, 2015  

Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  decreased  by  $17.9  million  to  $43.2  million  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2015 
compared  to  $61.1  million  for  the  same  period  in  2014.  The  reduction  in  cash  used  was  due  primarily  to  a  decrease  in  capital 
expenditures  of  approximately  $23.6  million  and  a  decrease  in  restricted  cash  of  $5.4  million,  offset  by  $8.0  million  used  for  the 
acquisition of Karrys Bros. The decrease in capital expenditures is attributable primarily to higher spending in 2014 discussed below. 
We expect capital expenditures for 2016 to be approximately $50 million, primarily for expansion projects, including a new building 
in Las Vegas, and maintenance investments. 

Year ended December 31, 2014  

Net  cash  used  in  investing  activities  increased  by  $37.1  million  to  $61.1  million  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2014 
compared to $24.0 million for the same period in 2013. This increase was due primarily to an increase in capital expenditures, which 
increased  by  approximately  $35.9  million  to  $53.9  million  in  2014  compared  to  $18.0  million  in  2013.  The  increase  in  capital 
expenditures is attributable primarily to certain projects which were postponed in 2013, our new distribution center in Ohio, and an 
investment in advanced ordering technology for customers. 

34 

Cash flows from financing activities  

Year ended December 31, 2015  

Net  cash  used  in  financing  activities  increased  by  $32.8  million  to  $34.2  million  for  the  year  ended  December 31,  2015 
compared to $1.4 million for the same period in 2014. This increase was due primarily to net repayments on our Credit Facility of 
$9.3 million in 2015 compared to net borrowings of $9.6 million in 2014, a decrease in book overdrafts of $6.1 million caused by the 
level  of  cash  on  hand  in  relation  to  the  timing  of  vendor  payments  and  outstanding  checks,  and  an  increase  of  $3.3  million  for 
dividends and stock repurchases. 

Year ended December 31, 2014  

Net cash used in financing activities decreased by $42.1 million to $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2014 compared 
to $43.5 million for the same period in 2013. This decrease was due primarily to net borrowings of $9.6 million in 2014 compared to 
net repayments of $27.3 million in 2013 and an increase in book overdrafts of $8.0 million caused by the level of cash on hand in 
relation to the timing of vendor payments and outstanding checks. 

Adjusted EBITDA 

Adjusted  EBITDA  is  a  measure  used  by  management  to  measure  operating  performance.  We  believe  Adjusted  EBITDA 
provides meaningful supplemental information for investors regarding the performance of our business and allows investors to view 
results  in  a  manner  similar  to  the  method  used  by  our  management.  Adjusted  EBITDA  is  also  among  the  primary  measures  used 
externally by our investors, analysts and peers in our industry for purposes of valuation and comparing our results to other companies 
in  our  industry.  Adjusted  EBITDA  is  not  defined  by  GAAP  and  the  discussion  of  Adjusted  EBITDA  should  be  considered  as  a 
supplement  to,  and  not  as  a substitute  for, or  superior  to,  financial  measures  calculated  in  accordance  with GAAP. We  may  define 
Adjusted EBITDA differently than other companies and therefore such measures may not be comparable to ours. 

The  following  table  provides  the  components  of  Adjusted  EBITDA  for  years  ended  December 31,  2015,  2014  and  2013 

(in millions): 

Net income 
Interest expense, net (1) 
Provision for income taxes 
Depreciation and amortization 
LIFO expense 
Stock-based compensation expense 
Foreign currency transaction losses, net 

Adjusted EBITDA 

______________________________________________ 
(1) 

Interest expense, net, is reported net of interest income. 

$

Year Ended December 31,

2015

2014 

2013

51.5   $
2.0  
31.4  
37.9  
1.9  
8.7  
1.8  

42.7   $
1.8   
23.7   
32.0   
16.3   
6.1   
0.1   

41.6
2.2
24.4
27.2
8.7
4.6
0.8

$

135.2   $

122.7   $

109.5

Adjusted EBITDA for 2015 increased 10.2% to $135.2 million compared to $122.7 million for 2014. The increase in Adjusted 

EBITDA was driven primarily by an increase in gross profit. 

35 

  
  
  
 
 
Our Credit Facility  

We  have  a  revolving  credit  facility  (Credit  Facility)  with  a  capacity  of  $200  million  as  of  December 31,  2015,  which  can  be 
increased  up  to  an  additional  $100  million,  limited  by  a  borrowing  base  primarily  consisting  of  eligible  accounts  receivable  and 
inventories. All obligations under the Credit Facility are secured by first priority liens on substantially all of our present and future 
assets.  The  terms  of  the  Credit  Facility  permit  prepayment  without  penalty  at  any  time  (subject  to  customary  breakage  costs  with 
respect to London Interbank Offer Rate (LIBOR) or Canadian Dollar Offer Rate (CDOR) based loans prepaid prior to the end of an 
interest period). 

On January 11, 2016, we entered into a seventh amendment to the Credit Facility (Seventh Amendment), which increased our 
Credit  Facility  from  $200  million  to  $300  million.  The  Seventh  Amendment  also  includes  an  expansion  feature  that  gives  us  the 
option  to  increase  the size  of  the  Credit  Facility  to  a  total  of $400  million,  if  exercised. On  May 21,  2015,  we  entered  into  a  sixth 
amendment to the Credit Facility (Sixth Amendment), which extended the term of the Credit Facility from May 2018 to May 2020, 
among other changes. The Credit Facility contains restrictive covenants, including among others, limitations on dividends and other 
restricted payments, other indebtedness, liens, investments and acquisitions and certain asset sales. We identified that the total amount 
of  our  capital  lease  obligations  exceeded  the  maximum  specified  in  the  agreement’s  restrictive  covenant  for  capital  leases  as  of 
December  31,  2015.   The  Seventh  Amendment  resolved  this  by  waiving  the  prior  technical  default  and  increasing  the  limit  on  the 
restrictive covenant for capital leases. We were in compliance with all other covenants under the Credit Facility as of December 31, 
2015. See Note 8 - Long-Term Debt to our consolidated financial statements included in this Form 10-K for additional details on the 
Credit Facility. 

Amounts  borrowed,  outstanding  letters  of  credit  and  amounts  available  to  borrow,  net  of  certain  reserves  required  under  the 

Credit Facility, were as follows (in millions): 

Amounts borrowed 
Outstanding letters of credit 
Amounts available to borrow (1) 
______________________________________________ 
(1) 

Excluding $100 million expansion feature. 

December 31,

2015 

2014

$

47.0   $
18.5   
123.9   

55.9
17.4
114.8

Average borrowings during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 were $39.6 million and $14.8 million, respectively, 
with amounts borrowed at any one time during the years then ended ranging from zero to $120.9 million and zero to $80.3 million, 
respectively. 

Contractual Obligations and Commitments 

Contractual  Obligations.  The  following  table  presents  information  regarding  our  contractual  obligations  that  existed  as  of 

December 31, 2015 (in millions):  

Total

  Less than 1 Year  

1 - 3 Years

3 - 5 Years 

$ 

Credit Facility (1) 
Purchase obligations (2) 
Letters of credit 
Operating leases 
Capitalized leases (3) 

Total contractual obligations (4)(5)(6) 

$ 

47.0   $
43.1  
18.5  
285.1  
19.6  

413.3   $

—   $

18.1  
18.5  
44.7  
3.1  

84.4   $

—   $ 
8.9  
—  
82.9  
4.8  

96.6   $ 

More than  
5 Years

—
7.1
—
91.7
7.6

47.0   $
9.0  
—  
65.8  
4.1  

125.9   $

106.4

______________________________________________ 
(1) 
(2) 

Represents amounts borrowed under our Credit Facility and does not include interest costs associated with the Credit Facility. 
Our purchase obligations at December 31, 2015 were related primarily to purchases of compressed natural gas for our trucking fleet, delivery and warehouse 
equipment and computer software and services (see Note 9 - Commitments and Contingencies to our consolidated financial statements). 
Represents  net  future  minimum  lease  payments  for  warehouse  facility,  refrigeration  and  other  office  and  warehouse  equipment.  Current  maturities  of  capital 
leases  are  included  in  accrued  liabilities,  and  non-current  maturities  are  included  in  long-term  debt.  Interest  costs  associated  with  the  capitalized  leases  are 
included in the table above. 

(3) 

(4)  We  have  not  included  in  the  table  above  claims  liabilities  of  $38.5 million,  which  includes  health  and  welfare,  workers’  compensation  and  general  and  auto 
liabilities because it does not have a definite payout by year. Claims liabilities are discussed in Note 2 - Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to our 
consolidated financial statements. 

36 

  
  
  
  
  
 
 
(5) 

(6) 

As discussed in Note 11 - Employee Benefit Plans to  our consolidated financial statements, we have  a $4.7  million and a $3.0 million long-term obligation 
arising from an underfunded pension plan and other post-retirement benefit plan, respectively. Future minimum pension funding requirements are not included 
in the schedule above as they are not available for all periods presented.  
The table excludes unrecognized tax liabilities of $0.4 million because a reasonable and reliable estimate of the timing of future tax payments or settlements, if 
any, cannot be determined (see Note 10 - Income Taxes to our consolidated financial statements).  

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements  

Letter  of  Credit  Commitments.  As  of December 31,  2015,  our  standby  letters of  credit  issued  under our  Credit  Facility  were 
$18.5 million related primarily to casualty insurance. The majority of the standby letters of credit mature in one year. However, in the 
ordinary  course  of  our  business,  we  will  continue  to  renew  or  modify  the  terms  of  the  letters  of  credit  to  support  business 
requirements. The liabilities underlying the letters of credit are reflected on our consolidated balance sheets. 

Operating  Leases.  The  majority  of  our  sales  offices,  warehouse  facilities  and  trucks  are  subject  to  lease  agreements  which 
expire at various dates through 2029, excluding renewal options. These leases generally require us to  maintain, insure and pay  any 
related taxes. In most instances, we expect the leases that expire will be renewed or replaced in the normal course of our business. 

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates  

This Management’s Discussion and Analysis of our Financial Condition and Results of Operations is based on our consolidated 
financial  statements,  which  have  been  prepared  in  accordance  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  U.S.  The 
preparation of our consolidated financial statements requires estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and 
liabilities as of the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of net sales and expenses during the reporting period. The 
critical  accounting  polices  used  in  the  preparation  of  the  consolidated  financial  statements  are  those  that  are  important  both  to  the 
presentation of financial condition and results of operations and require significant judgments with regards to estimates. We base our 
estimates on historical experience and on various assumptions we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which 
form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. 
We  believe  the  current  assumptions  and  other  considerations  used  to  estimate  amounts  reflected  in  our  financial  statements  are 
appropriate; however, actual results could differ from these estimates. 

We consider the allowance for doubtful accounts, vendor rebates and promotional allowances, claims liabilities and insurance 
recoverables, valuation of pension assets and obligations, valuation of long-lived assets and goodwill, realizability of deferred income 
taxes and uncertain tax positions to be those estimates which involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity. We believe that the 
following represent the more critical accounting policies, which are subject to estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of 
our financial statements. 

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts  

We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts for losses we estimate will arise from our trade customers’ inability to make 
required  payments.  We  evaluate  the  collectability  of  accounts  receivable  and  determine  the  appropriate  allowance  for  doubtful 
accounts based on historical experience and a review of specific customer accounts. In determining the adequacy of allowances for 
customer  receivables,  we  analyze  factors  such  as  the  value  of  any  collateral,  customer  financial  statements,  historical  collection 
experience,  aging  of  receivables,  general  economic  conditions  and  other  factors.  It  is  possible  that  the  accuracy  of  the  estimation 
process  could  be  materially  affected  by  different  judgments  as  to  the  collectability  based  on  information  considered  and  further 
deterioration  of  accounts.  If  circumstances  change  (i.e.,  further  evidence  of  material  adverse  creditworthiness,  additional  accounts 
become credit risks, store closures or deterioration in general economic conditions), our estimates of the recoverability of amounts due 
us could be reduced by a material amount. 

The allowance for doubtful accounts at December 31, 2015 and 2014 amounted to 3.9% and 4.2%, respectively, of gross trade 

accounts receivable. 

Bad debt expense associated with our trade customer receivables was $1.3 million, $2.2 million and $1.1 million in 2015, 2014 

and 2013, respectively. As a percentage of net sales, our bad debt expense was less than 0.1% for 2015, 2014 and 2013. 

Vendor Rebates and Promotional Allowances  

Periodic payments from vendors in various forms including rebates, promotional allowances and volume discounts are reflected 
in  the  carrying  value  of  the  related  inventory  when  earned  and  as  cost  of  goods  sold  as  the  related  merchandise  is  sold.  Up-front 
consideration  received  from  vendors  linked  to purchase or  other  commitments  is  initially  deferred  and  amortized  ratably  to  cost  of 
goods sold as the performance of the activities specified by the vendor to earn the fee is completed. Cooperative marketing incentives 
from suppliers are recorded as reductions to cost of goods sold to the extent the vendor considerations exceed the costs relating to the 
programs. These amounts are recorded in the period the related promotional or merchandising programs are provided. Certain vendor 
incentive  promotions  require  that  we  make  assumptions  and  judgments  regarding,  for  example,  the  likelihood  of  achieving  market 

37 

share levels or attaining specified levels of purchases. Vendor incentives are at the discretion of our vendors and can fluctuate due to 
changes in vendor strategies and market requirements. 

Claims Liabilities and Insurance Recoverables  

We  maintain  reserves  related  to  workers’  compensation,  general  and  auto  liability  and  health  and  welfare  programs  that  are 
principally  self-insured.  Our  workers’  compensation,  general  and  auto  liability  insurance  policies  currently  include  a  deductible  of 
$500,000 per occurrence and we maintain excess loss insurance that covers any health and welfare costs in excess of $250,000 per 
person per year. 

Our reserves for workers’ compensation, general and auto insurance liabilities are estimated based on applying an actuarially 
derived loss development factor to our incurred losses, including losses for claims incurred but not yet reported. Actuarial projections 
of losses concerning workers’ compensation, general and auto insurance liabilities are subject to a high degree of variability. Among 
the causes of this variability are unpredictable external factors affecting future inflation rates, health care costs, litigation trends, legal 
interpretations,  legislative  reforms,  benefit  level  changes  and  claim  settlement  patterns.  Our  reserve  for  health  and  welfare  claims 
includes an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported, which is derived primarily from historical experience. 

Our claim  liabilities and the related recoverables from insurance carriers for estimated claims in excess of the deductible and 
other insured events are presented in their gross amounts because there is no right of offset. The following is a summary of our net 
reserves as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 (in millions): 

Current

2015
  Long-Term  

Total

Current 

2014
   Long-Term  

Total

5.9   $
2.3  
3.7  

11.9   $

23.5   $
3.1  
—  

26.6   $

29.4    $
5.4   
3.7   

38.5    $

5.4   $ 
1.8   
3.2   

10.4   $ 

25.3   $
2.2  
—  

27.5   $

30.7
4.0
3.2

37.9

(1.5)   $

(14.4)   $

(15.9)    $

(1.4)   $ 

(16.6)   $

(18.0)

Gross claims liabilities: 
     Workers’ compensation 
     Auto & general insurance 
     Health & welfare 

Total gross claims liabilities 

Insurance recoverables 

Reserves (net): 
     Workers’ compensation 
     Auto & general insurance 
     Health & welfare 

Reserves (net) 

$ 

$ 

$ 

$ 

4.8   $
1.9  
3.7  

$ 

10.4   $

10.0   $
2.2  
—  

12.2   $

14.8    $
4.1   
3.7   

22.6    $

4.3   $ 
1.5   
3.2   

9.0   $ 

9.2   $
1.7  
—  

10.9   $

13.5
3.2
3.2

19.9

______________________________________________ 

The  increase  in  these  reserves  for  2015  was  due  primarily  to  a  higher  number  of  claims  and  reported  losses  for  our  workers 
compensation,  general  and  auto  insurance  liability.  A  10%  change  in  our  incurred  but  not  reported  estimates  would  increase  or 
decrease the estimated reserves for our workers’ compensation liability, general and auto insurance liability and health and welfare 
liability as of December 31, 2015 by $0.9 million, $0.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively. 

Valuation of Pension Assets and Obligations  

We  sponsored  a  qualified  defined-benefit  pension  plan  and  a  post-retirement  benefit  plan  (collectively,  Pension  Plans)  for 
employees hired before September 1986 and certain employees of Fleming, our former parent company. As discussed in Note 11 - 
Employee  Benefit  Plans  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements,  our  qualified  defined-benefit  pension  plan  was  underfunded  by 
$4.7 million and $3.2 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. There have been no new entrants to the pension or non-
pension post-retirement benefit plans after those benefit plans were frozen on September 30, 1989. 

The determination of the obligation and expense associated with our Pension Plans are dependent, in part, on our selection of 
certain assumptions used by our independent actuaries in calculating these amounts. These assumptions are disclosed in Note 11 to the 
consolidated  financial  statements  and  include,  among  other  things,  the  weighted-average  discount  rate  and  the  expected  weighted-
average long-term rate of return on plan assets. Actual results in any given year will often differ from actuarial assumptions because of 
economic and other factors. In accordance with U.S. GAAP, actual results that differ from the actuarial assumptions are accumulated 
and amortized over future periods and, therefore, affect recognized expense and the recorded obligation in such future periods. While 

38 

  
  
  
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
we  believe  our  assumptions  are  appropriate,  significant  differences  in  actual  results  or  changes  in  our  assumptions  may  materially 
affect our pension and other post-retirement obligations and the future expense. 

We select the weighted-average discount rates for each benefit plan as the rate at which the benefits could be effectively settled 
as of the measurement date. In selecting an appropriate weighted-average discount rate we use a yield curve methodology, matching 
the expected benefits at each duration to the available high quality yields at that duration and calculating an equivalent yield, which is 
the ultimate discount rate used. The weighted-average discount rate used to determine the pension obligation and pension expense was 
4.32%  and  4.05%,  respectively,  for  2015  and  4.00%  and  4.60%,  respectively,  for  2014.  A  lower  weighted-average  discount  rate 
increases the present value of benefit obligations and increases pension expense. In addition, we adopted the Society of Actuaries RP-
2014 mortality table with MP-2015 projection in 2015. Expected return on pension plan assets is based on historical experience of our 
portfolio and the review of projected returns by asset class on broad, publicly traded equity and fixed-income indices, as well as target 
asset  allocation.  Our  target  asset  allocation  mix  is  designed  to  meet  our  long-term  pension  and  post-retirement  benefit  plan 
requirements. Our assumed weighted-average rate of return on our assets was 6.0% and 6.55% for 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

Sensitivity to changes in the major assumptions for our pension plans as of December 31, 2015 is as follows (in millions): 

Expected return on plan assets 
Discount rate – Pension 
Discount rate – Post-retirement 

Valuation of Long-Lived Assets 

Percentage 
Point 
Change

+/- .25 pt 
+/- .25 pt 
+/- .25 pt 

Projected Benefit 
Obligation Decrease 
(Increase) 

Expense 
Decrease (Increase)

N/A 
$1.0 / (1.0) 
$0.1 / (0.1) 

$0.1 / (0.1) 
$0.0 / (0.0) 
$0.0 / (0.0) 

We  review  our  long-lived  assets  for  indicators  of  impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the 
carrying amounts of such assets may not be recoverable. Long-lived assets consist primarily of land, buildings, delivery, warehouse 
and office equipment, leasehold improvements and definite-lived assets. An impairment of long-lived assets exists when the carrying 
amount of a long-lived asset, or asset group, exceeds its fair value. Impairment losses are recorded when the carrying amount of the 
impaired asset is not recoverable. Recoverability is determined by comparing the carrying amount of the asset (or asset group) to the 
undiscounted cash flows which are expected to be generated from its use. Our estimates of future cash flows are based on historical 
experience and management’s expectations of relevant customers and markets and other operational factors. These estimates project 
future  cash  flows  several  years  into  the  future  and  can  be  affected  by  factors  such  as  competition,  inflation  and  other  economic 
conditions. In 2015, we assessed our asset groups and determined we have six asset groups.  This change resulted from a reassessment 
of  independently  identifiable  cash  flows  within  the  Company  given  the  organic  growth  in  the  business  as  well  as  the  addition  of 
national chain customers. We did not record impairment losses related to long-lived assets in any of the years ended December 31, 
2015, 2014 and 2013. 

Valuation of Goodwill 

Goodwill  represents  the  excess  of  the  purchase  consideration  of  an  acquired  business  over  the  fair  value  of  the  identifiable 
tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in a business combination. Goodwill is not subject to amortization but 
must be evaluated for impairment. We test goodwill for impairment annually as of October 1 or whenever events or circumstances 
indicate that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is below its carrying amount. The Company’s reporting 
units, which are the United States and Canada, also represent the Company’s operating segments. Whenever events or circumstances 
change, we  assess  the  related  qualitative  factors  to determine  whether it  is  necessary  to  perform  the  two-step quantitative  goodwill 
impairment  test.  The  tests  to  evaluate  goodwill  for  impairment  are  performed  at  the  reporting  unit  level.  In  the  first  step  of  the 
quantitative impairment test, we compare the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit 
is less than its carrying value, we perform a second step to determine the implied fair value of goodwill associated with the reporting 
unit.  If  the  carrying  value  of  goodwill  exceeds  the  implied  fair  value  of  goodwill,  such  excess  represents  the  amount  of  goodwill 
impairment  for  which  an  impairment  loss  would  be  recorded.  Determining  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  involves  the  use  of 
significant estimates and assumptions. The estimated fair value of each reporting unit is based on the discounted cash flow method, 
which is based on historical and forecasted amounts specific to each reporting unit and considers sales, gross profit, operating profit 
and cash flows and general economic and market conditions, as well as the impact of planned business and operational strategies and 
other estimates and assumptions for future growth rates, working capital and capital expenditures. We base our fair value estimates on 
assumptions we believe to be reasonable at the time, but such assumptions are subject to inherent uncertainty. We did not record any 
impairment charges related to goodwill during the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013. 

39 

  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
In connection with our annual goodwill impairment testing performed during 2015, the first step of the test indicated that the fair 
values of the applicable reporting units significantly exceeded their carrying values, and accordingly, no further testing of goodwill 
was  required.  However,  changes  in  the  judgments  and  estimates  underlying  our  analysis  of  goodwill  for  possible  impairment, 
including  expected  future  cash  flows  and  discount  rate,  could  result  in  a  significantly  different  estimate  of  the  fair  value  of  the 
reporting units in the future and could result in impairment of goodwill.  

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK  

Our  most  significant  exposure  to  market  risk  comes  from  changes  in  short-term  interest  rates  on  our  variable  rate  debt. 
Depending upon the borrowing option chosen, the interest charged is generally based upon the prime rate or LIBOR plus an applicable 
margin.  If  interest  rates  increased  16  basis  points  (which  approximates  10%  of  the  weighted-average  interest  rate  on  our  average 
borrowings during the year ended December 31, 2015), our results of operations and cash flows would not be materially affected. 

We  are  exposed  to  foreign  currency  risk,  primarily  through  our  operations  in  Canada  which  conduct  business  in  Canadian 
dollars.  We  record  gains  and  losses  within  our  stockholders’  equity  due  to  the  translation  of  the  Canadian  branches’  financial 
statements into U.S. dollars. A 10% unfavorable change in the weighted average Canadian/U.S. dollar exchange rate for 2015 would 
have negatively impacted our net sales for 2015 by 1.1% and would not have materially impacted our operating income. Additionally, 
we  incur  foreign  currency  transaction  gains  and  losses  related  to  the  level  of  activity  between  the  U.S.  and  Canada.  In  2015,  we 
realized foreign currency transaction losses of $1.8 million. A 10% unfavorable change in the Canadian/U.S. dollar noon exchange 
rate on December 31, 2015 would have had an immaterial impact on foreign currency transaction losses for 2015. We did not engage 
in hedging transactions during 2015, 2014 or 2013. 

40 

 
ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

(a) Financial Statements filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K 

1. Financial Statements 

A. Audited Financial Statements 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

Consolidated Balance Sheets – at December 31, 2015 and 2014 

Consolidated Statements of Operations – for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income – for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity – for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows – for the Years Ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

Page

42 

43 

44 

45 

46 

47 

48

41 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of 
Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc.:  

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Core-Mark  Holding  Company,  Inc.  and  subsidiaries  (the 
“Company”)  as  of  December 31,  2015  and  2014,  and  the  related  consolidated  statements  of  operations,  comprehensive  income, 
stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2015. Our audits also included the 
financial  statement  schedule  in  Item 15.  We  also  have  audited  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of 
December 31,  2015,  based  on  criteria  established  in  Internal  Control-Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of 
Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway  Commission.  The  Company’s  management  is  responsible  for  these  financial  statements 
and  financial  statement  schedule,  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  and  for  its  assessment  of  the 
effectiveness  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  included  in  the  accompanying  Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control 
over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedule 
and an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those 
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of 
material  misstatement  and  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our 
audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial 
statements,  assessing  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant  estimates  made  by  management,  and  evaluating  the  overall 
financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal 
control  over  financial  reporting,  assessing  the  risk  that  a  material  weakness  exists,  testing  and  evaluating  the  design  and  operating 
effectiveness  of  internal  control  based  on  the  assessed  risk.  Our  audits  also  included  performing  such  other  procedures  as  we 
considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions. 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal 
executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, 
management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of 
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control 
over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, 
accurately  and  fairly  reflect  the  transactions  and  dispositions  of  the  assets  of  the  company;  (2)  provide  reasonable  assurance  that 
transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting 
principles and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management 
and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized 
acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Because  of  the  inherent  limitations  of  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  including  the  possibility  of  collusion  or  improper 
management override of controls, material  misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. 
Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to 
the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies 
or procedures may deteriorate. 

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 
the Company and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of 
the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  December 31,  2015,  in  conformity  with  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United 
States  of  America.  Also,  in  our  opinion,  such  financial  statement  schedule,  when  considered  in  relation  to  the  basic  consolidated 
financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein. Also, in our opinion, 
the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2015, based on 
the criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of 
the Treadway Commission. 

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP 

San Francisco, California 

February 26, 2016 

42 

 
 
  
  
CORE-MARK HOLDING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS  
(In millions, except share and per share data) 

Current assets: 

Assets 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Restricted cash 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts of $10.9 and $10.8 

at December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively (Note 4) 

Other receivables, net (Note 4) 
Inventories, net (Note 5) 
Deposits and prepayments (Note 4) 
Deferred income taxes (Note 10) 

Total current assets 

Property and equipment, net (Note 6) 
Goodwill (Note 7) 
Other intangible assets, net (Note 7) 
Other non-current assets, net (Note 4) 

Total assets 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

Current liabilities: 

Accounts payable 
Book overdrafts (Note 2) 
Cigarette and tobacco taxes payable 
Accrued liabilities (Note 4) 
Deferred income taxes (Note 10) 

Total current liabilities 

Long-term debt (Note 8) 
Deferred income taxes (Note 10) 
Other long-term liabilities 
Claims liabilities (Note 2) 
Pension liabilities (Note 11) 

Total liabilities 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 9) 
Stockholders’ equity (Note14): 
     Common stock, $0.01 par value (100,000,000 shares authorized, 25,976,677 and 

25,847,269 shares issued; 23,058,335 and 23,080,110 shares outstanding at 
December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively) 

Additional paid-in capital 

     Treasury stock at cost (2,918,342 and 2,767,159 shares of common stock at 

December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, respectively) 

Retained earnings 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss (Note 15) 

Total stockholders’ equity 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity 

______________________________________________ 

$

$

$

December 31,

2015 

2014

12.5   $
8.5  

272.7  
69.4  
407.4  
65.0  
1.8  

837.3  

159.5  
22.9  
29.5  
28.1  

14.4
13.0

245.3
61.5
417.8
43.7
8.4

804.1

148.9
22.9
22.6
31.1

1,077.3   $

1,029.6

129.6   $
29.2  
193.6  
106.9  
0.3  

459.6  
60.4  
18.6  
10.6  
26.6  
7.5  

583.3  

0.3  
271.8  

(61.8)  
300.0  
(16.3)  

494.0  

128.4
29.1
187.3
93.4
0.3

438.5
68.2
16.2
11.9
27.5
6.0

568.3

0.3
263.8

(52.6)
261.4
(11.6)

461.3

$

1,077.3   $

1,029.6

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 
43 

  
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
 
  
    
  
    
  
    
  
    
CORE-MARK HOLDING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS 
(In millions, except per share data) 

Net sales 
Cost of goods sold 
Gross profit 

Warehousing and distribution expenses 
Selling, general and administrative expenses 
Amortization of intangible assets 

Total operating expenses 
Income from operations 

Interest expense 
Interest income 
Foreign currency transaction losses, net 
Income before income taxes 

Provision for income taxes (Note 10) 

Net income 

Basic net income per common share (Note 12) 
Diluted net income per common share (Note 12) 

Basic weighted-average shares (Note 12) 
Diluted weighted-average shares (Note 12) 
______________________________________________ 

$

$

$
$

Year Ended December 31,

2015
11,069.4   $ 
10,431.5   
637.9   

2014 
10,280.1   $
9,706.4  
573.7  

2013

9,767.6
9,230.5
537.1

352.6   
196.0   
2.6   

551.2   
86.7   
(2.5)   
0.5   
(1.8)   
82.9   
(31.4)   
51.5   $ 

318.4  
184.4  
2.6  

505.4  
68.3  
(2.4)  
0.6  
(0.1)  
66.4  
(23.7)  
42.7   $

2.23   $ 
2.21   $ 

1.85   $
1.83   $

23.1   
23.3   

23.1  
23.3  

297.1
168.3
2.7

468.1
69.0
(2.7)
0.5
(0.8)
66.0
(24.4)
41.6

1.81
1.79

23.0
23.2

 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

44 

  
  
  
  
 
  
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
CORE-MARK HOLDING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME 
(In millions) 

Net income 
Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax: 
Defined benefit plan adjustments (Note 15) 
Foreign currency translation loss 

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax 

Comprehensive income 

______________________________________________ 

Year Ended December 31,

2015

2014 

2013

51.5   $ 

42.7   $

41.6

0.2   
(4.9)   

(4.7)   

(2.9)  
(3.0)  

(5.9)  

46.8   $ 

36.8   $

2.4
(1.5)

0.9

42.5

$

$

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

45 

  
  
  
  
 
  
    
    
CORE-MARK HOLDING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY  
(In millions (1)) 

Common Stock  
Issued

Additional
Paid-in

Treasury Stock  

Shares    Amount

Capital

  Shares   Amount

Accumulated
Other 
Comprehensive
Loss

Total 
Stockholders’
Equity

Retained 
Earnings 

Balance, December 31, 2012 

Net income 

Other comprehensive income, net of tax 

Dividends declared 

Stock-based compensation expense 

Cash proceeds from exercise of 

common stock options 

Excess tax deductions associated with 

25.2   $
—  
—  
—  
—  

0.3   $ 249.0  
—  
—  
—  
—  

(2.2)   $ (37.4)   $  194.9   $ 
—  
—  
—  
—  

41.6   
—   
(7.0)   
—   

—   —  
—   —  
—   —  
4.6   —  

0.2  

—  

2.4   —  

—  

—   

stock-based compensation 

—  

—  

2.1   —  

—  

—   

Issuance of stock based instruments, net of 

shares withheld for employee taxes 

Repurchase of common stock 

Balance, December 31, 2013 

Net income 

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax 

Dividends declared 

Stock-based compensation expense 

Cash proceeds from exercise of 

common stock options 

Excess tax deductions associated with 

0.2  
—  
25.6  
—  
—  
—  
—  

—  
—  
0.3  
—  
—  
—  
—  

—  
254.5  

(3.6)   —  
(0.4)  
(2.6)  
—   —  
—   —  
—   —  
6.1   —  

—  
(7.2)  
(44.6)  
—  
—  
—  
—  

—   
—   
229.5   
42.7   
—   
(10.8)   
—   

0.1  

—  

2.1   —  

—  

—   

stock-based compensation 

—  

—  

2.8   —  

—  

—   

Issuance of stock based instruments, net of 

shares withheld for employee taxes 

Repurchase of common stock 

Balance, December 31, 2014 

Net income 

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax 

Dividends declared 

Stock-based compensation expense 

Cash proceeds from exercise of 

common stock options 

Excess tax deductions associated with 

0.1  
—  

25.8  
—  
—  
—  
—  

—  
—  

0.3  
—  
—  
—  
—  

(1.7)   —  
(0.2)  

—  

263.8  

(2.8)  
—   —  
—   —  
—   —  
8.7   —  

—  
(8.0)  

(52.6)  
—  
—  
—  
—  

—   
—   

261.4   
51.5   
—   
(12.9)   
—   

0.1  

—  

0.4   —  

—  

—   

stock-based compensation 

—  

—  

2.2   —  

—  

—   

(6.6)   $
—  
0.9  
—  
—  

—  

—  

—  
—  
(5.7)  
—  
(5.9)  
—  
—  

—  

—  

—  
—  

(11.6)  
—  
(4.7)  
—  
—  

—  

—  

—  
—  

400.2
41.6
0.9
(7.0)
4.6

2.4

2.1

(3.6)
(7.2)
434.0
42.7
(5.9)
(10.8)
6.1

2.1

2.8

(1.7)
(8.0)

461.3
51.5
(4.7)
(12.9)
8.7

0.4

2.2

(3.3)
(9.2)

Issuance of stock based instruments, net of 

shares withheld for employee taxes 

Repurchase of common stock 

Balance, December 31, 2015 

0.1  
—  

—  
—  

(3.3)   —  
(0.1)  

—  

—  
(9.2)  

—   
—   

26.0   $

0.3   $ 271.8  

(2.9)   $ (61.8)   $  300.0   $ 

(16.3)   $

494.0

______________________________________________ 
(1) 

Amounts have been rounded for presentation purposes and might differ from unrounded results. 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

46 

  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
CORE-MARK HOLDING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS 
(In millions) 

Cash flows from operating activities: 

Net income 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities: 

Year Ended December 31,
2014 

2013

2015

$

51.5    $ 

42.7   $

41.6

LIFO and inventory provisions 

Amortization of debt issuance costs 

Stock-based compensation expense 

Bad debt expense, net 

Depreciation and amortization 

Foreign currency transaction losses, net 
Deferred income taxes 

Settlement charge and curtailment (gain) 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities: 

Accounts receivable, net 

Other receivables, net 
Inventories, net 
Deposits, prepayments and other non-current assets 
Excess tax deductions associated with stock-based compensation 
Accounts payable 
Cigarette and tobacco taxes payable 
Pension, claims, accrued and other long-term liabilities 

Net cash provided by operating activities 

Cash flows from investing activities: 

Acquisition of business, net of cash acquired 
Change in restricted cash 
Additions to property and equipment, net 
Capitalization of software and related development costs 
Proceeds from sale of fixed assets 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash flows from financing activities: 

Borrowings (repayments) under revolving credit facility, net 
Dividends paid 
Payments on capital leases 
Repurchases of common stock 
Proceeds from exercise of common stock options 
Tax withholdings related to net share settlements of restricted stock units 

Excess tax deductions associated with stock-based compensation 

Increase (decrease) in book overdrafts 

Net cash used in financing activities 

Effects of changes in foreign exchange rates 

Change in cash and cash equivalents 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period 

Supplemental disclosures: 

Cash paid during the period for: 
Income taxes paid, net 
Interest paid 

Unpaid property and equipment purchases included in accrued liabilities 
Non-cash capital lease obligations incurred 

______________________________________________ 

2.0   

0.3   

8.7   

1.3   

37.9   

1.8   
8.9   

1.6   

(28.1)    

(8.9)    
1.5   
(25.9)    
(2.2)    
4.0   
13.8   
9.0   

77.2   

(9.0)    
4.5   
(30.3)    
(8.7)    
0.3   

(43.2)    

(9.3)    
(12.8)    
(2.3)    
(9.2)    
0.4   
(3.3)    

2.2   

0.1   

(34.2)    

(1.7)    

(1.9)    

14.4   

16.0  

0.3  

6.1  

2.2  

32.0  

0.1  
(3.0)  

—  

(13.8)  

(3.0)  
(50.6)  
5.7  
(2.8)  
20.6  
9.1  
4.9  

66.5  

(1.0)  
(0.9)  
(53.9)  
(5.3)  
—  

(61.1)  

9.6  
(10.7)  
(1.7)  
(8.0)  
2.1  
(1.7)  

2.8  

6.2  

(1.4)  

(0.6)  

3.4  

11.0  

$

$
$
$
$

12.5    $ 

14.4   $

26.8    $ 
1.3    $ 
5.1    $ 
5.4    $ 

22.0   $
1.1   $
1.4   $
4.7   $

8.7

0.4

4.6

1.1

27.2

0.8
5.0

(0.9)

(9.6)

(5.6)
(35.4)
(16.5)
(2.1)
16.0
19.9
3.9

59.1

(3.6)
(2.0)
(18.0)
(0.4)
—

(24.0)

(27.3)
(7.1)
(1.0)
(7.2)
2.4
(3.6)

2.1

(1.8)

(43.5)

0.3

(8.1)

19.1

11.0

19.5
1.5
1.9
1.2

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 

47 

  
  
  
  
 
  
     
    
  
     
    
  
     
    
  
     
    
  
     
    
  
     
    
  
     
    
CORE-MARK HOLDING COMPANY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES 
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS  

1. 

Summary of Company Information  

Business 

Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. and subsidiaries (referred to herein as “the Company” or “Core-Mark”) is one of the largest 
marketers of fresh and broad-line supply solutions to the convenience retail  industry in North America. The Company offers a full 
range  of  products,  marketing  programs  and  technology  solutions  to  approximately  36,500  customer  locations  in  the  United  States 
(“U.S.”) and Canada. The Company’s customers include traditional convenience stores, drug stores, grocery stores, liquor stores and 
other  specialty  and  small  format  stores  that  carry  convenience products.  The  Company’s  product offering  includes  cigarettes,  other 
tobacco  products,  candy,  snacks,  fast  food,  groceries,  fresh  products,  dairy,  bread,  beverages,  general  merchandise  and  health  and 
beauty care products. The Company operates a network of 28 distribution centers in the U.S. and Canada (excluding two distribution 
facilities it operates as a third party logistics provider). Twenty-four of the Company’s distribution centers are located in the U.S. and 
four are located in Canada. 

2. 

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation 

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  Core-Mark  and  its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries.  All  intercompany  balances  and 

transactions have been eliminated in the consolidated financial statements. 

Use of Estimates 

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“U.S. GAAP”) 
requires  management  to  make  certain  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  the 
disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses 
during the reporting period. The Company considers the allowance for doubtful accounts, valuation of goodwill and long-lived assets, 
realizability of deferred income taxes, uncertain tax positions, vendor rebates and promotional allowances, valuation of pension assets 
and obligations and self-insurance reserves to be those estimates which involve a higher degree of judgment and complexity. Actual 
results could differ from those estimates. 

Revenue Recognition 

The Company recognizes revenue at the point at which the product is delivered and title passes to the customer. The Company 
includes  fees  charged  to  customers  for  shipping  and  handling  activities  in  net  sales  and  the  related  costs  in  cost  of  goods  sold. 
Revenues are reported net of customer incentives, discounts and returns, including an allowance for estimated returns. The allowance 
for sales returns is calculated based on the Company’s returns experience, which has historically not been significant. The Company 
also  earns  management  service  fee  revenue  from  operating  third  party  distribution  centers  belonging  to  certain  customers.  These 
revenues represented less than 1% of the Company’s total net sales for 2015, 2014 and 2013. Service fee revenue is recognized as 
earned on a monthly basis in accordance with the terms of the management service fee contracts and is included in net sales on the 
accompanying consolidated statements of operations. 

Customers’ Sales Incentives 

The Company also provides sales allowances or discounts to its customers on a regular basis. These customers’ sales incentives 
are  recorded  as  a  reduction  to  net  sales  as  the  sales  incentive  is  earned  by  the  customer.  Additionally,  the  Company  may  provide 
allowances  for  the  customers’  commitment  to  continue  using  Core-Mark  as  the  supplier,  these  incentives  are  known  as  racking 
allowances. These allowances may be paid at the inception of the contract or on a periodic basis. Allowances paid at the inception of 
the contract are capitalized and amortized over the period of the distribution agreement as a reduction to sales. 

Vendor Rebates and Promotional Allowances 

Periodic payments from vendors in various forms including rebates, promotional allowances and volume discounts are reflected 
in the carrying value of the related inventory when earned and in cost of goods sold when the related merchandise is sold. Up-front 
consideration received from vendors for purchase or other commitments is initially deferred and amortized ratably to cost of goods 
sold as the performance of the activities specified by the vendor is completed. 

48 

Cooperative marketing incentives received from vendors to fund specific programs first offset the costs of the program and to 
the extent the consideration exceeds the costs relating to the program, the excess funds are recorded as reductions to cost of goods 
sold.  These  amounts  are  recorded  in  the  period  the  related  promotional  or  merchandising  programs  are  provided.  Certain  vendor 
incentive promotions require the Company to make assumptions and judgments regarding, for example, the likelihood of achieving 
market share levels or attaining specified levels of purchases. Vendor incentives are at the discretion of the Company’s vendors and 
can fluctuate due to changes in vendor strategies and market requirements. Vendor rebates and promotional allowances earned totaled 
$191.4 million, $162.8 million and $149.8 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

Excise Taxes 

The Company is responsible for collecting and remitting state, local and provincial excise taxes on cigarette and other tobacco 
products. These excise taxes are a significant component of the Company’s net sales and cost of goods sold. In 2015, 2014 and 2013, 
approximately $2.2 billion, $2.1 billion and $2.1 billion, or 20%, 21% and 21% of the Company’s net sales, and approximately 21%, 
22% and 22% of its cost of goods sold, respectively, represented excise taxes. Federal excise taxes are levied on the manufacturers 
who, in turn, pass the tax on to the Company as part of the product cost. As a result, federal excise taxes are not a component of the 
Company’s excise taxes. 

Stock-based Compensation 

The  Company  accounts  for  stock-based  compensation  expense  related  to  restricted  stock  unit  (“RSU”)  awards,  performance 
shares  and  stock  options  based  on  the  grant-date  fair  value  of  the  awards.  For  service  based  awards  the  Company  recognizes  the 
expense  using  a  straight-line  method  and  for  performance  based  awards  the  Company  recognizes  the  expense  ratably  based  on  the 
achievement of performance conditions. 

For stock option awards, the Company uses the Black-Scholes option valuation model to determine the fair value (see Note 13 - 
Stock Incentive Plans). Determining the appropriate fair value model and calculating the fair value of stock option awards at the grant 
date requires considerable judgment, including estimating stock price volatility, expected life of share awards and forfeiture rates. The 
Company develops its estimates based on historical data and market information, which can change significantly over time. 

Pension Costs and Other Post-retirement Benefit Costs 

Pension costs and other post-retirement benefit costs charged to operations are estimated on the basis of annual valuations by an 
independent  actuary.  Adjustments  arising  from  plan  amendments,  changes  in  assumptions  and  experience  gains  and  losses  are 
amortized over the expected average remaining service life of the employee group. Plan changes that materially reduce the expected 
years of future services of current employees or eliminates for a significant number of employees the accrual of defined benefits for 
some or all of their future services, result in curtailment gains. A curtailment gain first reduces any net loss previously included in 
accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”), and to the extent that such a gain exceeds any net loss included in AOCI, 
it  is  recorded  as  a  curtailment  gain  in  the  Company’s  consolidated  statement  of  operations.  The  Company  offers  certain 
plan participants the option to receive a lump sum payment in lieu of future annuity pension benefits. Acceptance of the lump sum 
payment by plan participants may result in the Company recognizing a settlement charge and an adjustment in the projected benefit 
plan obligation. 

The Company recognizes an asset for a plan’s overfunded status or a liability for a plan’s underfunded status on its consolidated 
balance  sheet  as  of  the  end  of  each  fiscal  year.  The  Company  determines  the  plan’s  funded  status  by  measuring  its  assets  and  its 
obligations  and  recognizes  changes  in  the  funded  status  of  its  defined  benefit  post-retirement  plan  in  the  year  in  which  the  change 
occurred (see Note 11 - Employee Benefit Plans). 

Income Taxes 

Income  taxes  are  accounted for  using  the  asset  and  liability  method.  Deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities  are  recognized  for  the 
estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and 
liabilities  and  their  respective  tax  bases  and  operating  loss  and  tax  credit  carry-forwards.  The  effect  on  deferred  tax  assets  and 
liabilities  of  a  change  in  tax  rates  is  recognized  in  income  in  the  period  that  includes  the  enactment  date.  Deferred  tax  assets  are 
reduced by a valuation allowance when the Company does not consider it more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred 
tax assets will be realized. 

A tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained 
upon examination, including resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes, based on the technical merits. The Company 
has established an estimated liability for income tax exposures that arise and meet the criteria for accrual. The Company prepares and 
files  tax  returns  based  on  its  interpretation  of  tax  laws  and  regulations  and  records  estimates  based  on  these  judgments  and 
interpretations. In the normal course of business, the Company’s tax returns are subject to examination by various taxing authorities. 
Such  examinations  may  result  in  future  tax  and  interest  assessments  by  these  taxing  authorities.  Inherent  uncertainties  exist  in 

49 

estimates of tax contingencies due to changes in tax law resulting from legislation, regulation and/or as concluded through the various 
jurisdictions’  tax  court  systems.  The  Company  classifies  interest  and  penalties  related  to  income  taxes  as  income  tax  expense 
(see Note 10 - Income Taxes). 

Earnings Per Share 

Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding 
during each period, excluding unvested RSUs and performance shares. Diluted earnings per share is calculated by dividing net income 
by weighted-average shares outstanding including common stock equivalents. Common stock equivalents include stock options, RSUs 
and performance based awards if the impact is dilutive, using the treasury stock method (see Note 12 - Earnings Per Share). 

Cash, Cash Equivalents, Restricted Cash and Book Overdrafts 

Cash  and  cash  equivalents  include  cash,  money  market  funds  and  highly  liquid  investments  with  original  maturities  of  three 
months or less. Restricted cash represents funds collected and set aside in trust as required by one of the Canadian provincial taxing 
authorities to secure amounts payable for cigarette and tobacco excise taxes. The Company had cash book overdrafts of $29.2 million 
and $29.1 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. Book overdrafts consist primarily of outstanding checks in excess of 
cash on hand in the corresponding bank accounts at the end of the period. The Company’s policy has been to fund these outstanding 
checks  as  they  clear  with  cash  held  on deposit  with  other  financial  institutions or with  borrowings  under  the  Company’s  revolving 
credit facility. 

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts 

Accounts  receivable  consists  of  trade  receivables  from  customers.  The  Company  evaluates  the  collectability  of  accounts 
receivable  and  determines  the  appropriate  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  based  on  historical  experience  and  a  review  of  specific 
customer  accounts.  Account  balances  are  charged  against  the  allowance  when  collection  efforts  have  been  exhausted  and  the 
receivable is deemed uncollectible (see Note 4 - Other Consolidated Balance Sheet Accounts Detail). 

Other Receivables 

Other  receivables  consist  primarily  of  amounts  due  from  vendors  for  promotional  and  other  incentives,  which  are  accrued  as 
earned. The Company evaluates the collectability of amounts due from vendors and determines the appropriate allowance for doubtful 
accounts  based  on  historical  experience  and  a  review  of  specific  amounts  outstanding  (see  Note  4  -  Other  Consolidated  Balance 
Sheet Accounts Detail). 

Inventories 

Inventories consist of finished goods, including cigarettes and other tobacco products, food and other consumable products held 
for re-sale and are valued at the lower of cost or market. In the Company’s U.S. divisions, cost is determined primarily on a last-in, 
first-out (“LIFO”) basis. The Company uses the link-chain dollar value LIFO method. The inventory price index computation (“IPIC”) 
is used to calculate LIFO inflation indices for which the LIFO inflation source is the producer price indices (“PPI”) published by the 
US Bureau of Labor Statistics (“BLS”). The Company uses the IPIC pooling method for which LIFO pools are established for each 
PPI in accordance with current regulations.  When the Company is aware of material price increases or decreases from manufacturers, 
the Company estimates the PPI for the respective period, if it determines the price increase is not fully reflected in the PPI, in order to 
more  accurately  reflect  inflation  rates.  Under  the  LIFO  method,  current  costs  of  goods  sold  are  matched  against  current  sales. 
Inventories  in  the  Company’s  Canadian  divisions  are  valued  on  a  first-in,  first-out  (“FIFO”)  basis,  as  LIFO  is  not  a  permitted 
inventory valuation method in Canada. Approximately 88.0% and 85.0% of the Company’s inventory was valued on a LIFO basis at 
December 31,  2015  and  2014,  respectively.  The  Company  reduces  inventory  value  for  spoiled,  aged  and  unrecoverable  inventory 
based on amounts on-hand and historical experience (see Note 5 - Inventories). 

Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment are recorded at cost, net of accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization 
on new purchases are computed using the straight-line method over the assets’ estimated useful lives. Leasehold improvements are 
amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the estimated useful life of the property or the term of the lease including 
available renewal option terms if it is reasonably assured that those options will be exercised. Upon retirement or sale, the cost and 
related accumulated depreciation of the assets are removed and any related gain or loss is reflected in the consolidated statements of 
operations. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred (see Note 6 - Property and Equipment). 

50 

The Company uses the following depreciable lives for its property and equipment: 

Office furniture and equipment 
Delivery equipment 
Warehouse equipment 
Leasehold improvements 
Buildings 

Other Long-lived Assets 

Useful Life in Years

3-10 
4-10 
5-15 
3-25 
15-25 

Intangible assets with definite lives are generally amortized on a straight-line basis over the following lives: 

Customer relationships 
Non-competition agreements 
Software 

Useful Life in Years

10-15 
1-5 
3-7 

The Company reviews its long-lived assets for indicators of impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate 
that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. An impairment of long-lived assets exists when the carrying amount 
of  a  long-lived  asset,  or  asset  group,  exceeds  its  fair  value,  and  impairment  losses  are  recorded  when  the  carrying  amount  of  the 
impaired asset is not recoverable. Recoverability is determined by comparing the carrying amount of the asset (or asset group) to the 
undiscounted  cash  flows  which  are  expected  to  be  generated  from  its  use.  In  2015,  the  Company  assessed  its  asset  groups  and 
determined  it  has  six  asset  groups.   This  change  resulted  from  a  reassessment  of  independently  identifiable  cash  flows  within  the 
Company given the organic growth in the business as well as the addition of national chain customers. During 2015, 2014 and 2013, 
the  Company  did  not  record  impairment  charges  related  to  long-lived  assets  (see  Note  6  -  Property  and  Equipment  and  Note  7  - 
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets). 

Goodwill 

Goodwill  represents  the  excess  of  cost  over  the  fair  value  of  net  assets  acquired  in  a  business  combination.  Goodwill  is 

not amortized. 

The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually as of October 1 or whenever events or circumstances indicate that it is 
more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is below its carrying amount. The Company’s reporting units are its U.S. 
operations and Canadian operations. Whenever events or circumstances change, the Company assesses the related qualitative factors 
to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step quantitative goodwill impairment test. The tests to evaluate goodwill for 
impairment are performed at the reporting unit level. In the first step of the quantitative impairment test, the Company compares the 
fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value, the Company 
performs  a  second  step  to  determine  the  implied  fair  value  of  goodwill  associated  with  the  reporting  unit.  If  the  carrying  value  of 
goodwill  exceeds  the  implied  fair  value  of  goodwill,  such  excess  represents  the  amount  of  goodwill  impairment  for  which  an 
impairment  loss  would  be  recorded.  Determining  the  fair  value  of  a  reporting  unit  involves  the  use  of  significant  estimates  and 
assumptions. The estimated fair value of each reporting unit is based on the discounted cash flow method, which is based on historical 
and forecasted amounts specific to each reporting unit and considers net sales, gross profit, income from operations and cash flows 
and general economic and market conditions, as well as the impact of planned business and operational strategies and other estimates 
and  assumptions  for  future  growth  rates,  working  capital  and  capital  expenditures.  The  Company  bases  its  fair  value  estimates  on 
assumptions it believes to be reasonable at the time, but such assumptions are subject to inherent uncertainty. Measuring the fair value 
of reporting units constitutes a Level 3 measurement under the fair value hierarchy. There has been no impairment of goodwill for any 
periods presented (see Note 7 - Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets). 

Computer Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use 

The  Company  accounts  for  computer  software  systems,  namely  its  proprietary  Distribution  Center  Management  System 
(“DCMS”), and software purchased from third-party vendors, using certain criteria under which costs associated with this software are 
either  expensed  or  capitalized  and  amortized  over  periods  from  three  to  seven  years.  During  2015,  2014  and  2013  the  Company 
capitalized approximately $9.5 million, $4.4 million and $2.0 million, respectively, of costs related to software developed or obtained 
for internal use (see Note 7 - Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets). 

51 

  
  
  
  
Debt Issuance Costs 

Debt issuance costs are deferred and amortized as interest expense over the term of the related debt agreement on a straight-line 
basis, which approximates the effective interest method. Debt issuance costs are included in deposits and prepayments and other non-
current  assets  on  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets.  Total  unamortized  debt  issuance  costs  were  $1.2  million  and 
$1.1 million at December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively (see Note 8 - Long-term Debt). 

Claims Liabilities and Insurance Recoverables 

The Company maintains reserves related to health and welfare, workers’ compensation, auto and general liability programs that 
are  principally  self-insured. The  Company  currently  has a  per-claim  deductible of $500,000  for  its  workers’  compensation, general 
and auto liability self-insurance programs and a per person annual claim deductible of $250,000 for its health and welfare program. 
The  Company  purchases  insurance  to  cover  the  claims  that  exceed  the  deductible  up  to  policy  limits.  Self-insured  reserves  are  for 
pending or future claims that fall outside the policy and reserves include an estimate of expected settlements on pending claims and a 
provision for claims incurred but not reported. Estimates for workers’ compensation, auto and general liability insurance are based on 
the  Company’s  assessment  of  potential  liability  using  an annual  actuarial  analysis  of  available  information  with  respect  to  pending 
claims,  historical  experience  and  current  cost  trends.  Reserves  for  claims  under  these  programs  are  included  in  accrued  liabilities 
(current portion) and claims liabilities, net of current portion on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. 

Claims liabilities and the related recoverables from insurance carriers for estimated claims in excess of the deductible and other 
insured  events  are  presented  in  their  gross  amounts  on  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  because  there  is  no  right  of 
offset. The carrying values of claims liabilities and insurance recoverables are not discounted. Insurance recoverables are included in 
other  receivables,  net  and  other  non-current  assets,  net.  The  Company  had  gross  liabilities  for  health  and  welfare,  workers’ 
compensation, auto and general liability self-insurance obligations in the amounts of $26.6 million long-term and $11.9 million short-
term  at  December 31,  2015,  and  $27.5  million  long-term  and  $10.4  million  short-term  at  December 31,  2014.  The  Company’s 
liabilities  net  of  insurance  recoverables  were  $12.2  million  long-term  and  $10.4  million  short-term  at  December 31,  2015,  and 
$10.9 million long-term and $9.0 million short-term at December 31, 2014. 

Foreign Currency Translation 

The operating assets and liabilities of the Company’s Canadian operations, whose functional currency is the Canadian dollar, are 
translated to U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at period-end. Translation gains and losses are recorded in AOCI as a component 
of stockholders’ equity. Revenue and expenses from Canadian operations are translated using the monthly average exchange rates in 
effect during the period in which the transactions occur. The Company also recognizes gains or losses on foreign currency exchange 
transactions between its Canadian and U.S. operations, net of applicable income taxes, in the consolidated statements of operations. 
We currently do not hedge our Canadian foreign currency cash flow. 

Total Comprehensive Income 

Comprehensive income consists of net income and other transactions recorded directly to stockholders’ equity that are excluded 
from  net  income.  Other  comprehensive  income  is  comprised  of  defined  benefit  plan  adjustments  and  foreign  currency  translation 
adjustments related to the Company’s foreign operations in Canada, whose functional currency is not the U.S. dollar (see Note 15 - 
Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)). 

Fair Value Measurements 

The Company’s financial assets and liabilities are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring 
basis. The carrying amount of cash equivalents, restricted cash, trade accounts receivable, other receivables, trade accounts payable, 
cigarette  and  tobacco  taxes  payable  and  other  accrued  liabilities  approximates  fair  value  because  of  the  short  maturity  of  these 
financial instruments. The carrying amount of the Company’s variable rate debt approximates fair value. 

The  Company  calculates  the  fair  value of  its  pension plan  assets  based  on  assumptions  that  market  participants would  use  in 
pricing  the  assets  (see  Note  11  -  Employee  Benefit  Plans).  The  Company  uses  a  fair  value  hierarchy  that  prioritizes  the  inputs  to 
valuation techniques used to measure fair value and gives precedence to observable inputs in determining fair value. An instrument’s 
level within the hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any significant input to the fair value measurement. The following levels 
were established for each input: 

Level 1 - Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. 

Level 2 - Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or 
indirectly, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are 
observable or can be corroborated by observable market data. 

52 

Level  3  -  Unobservable  inputs  for  the  asset  or  liability,  which  reflect  the  Company’s  own  assumptions  about  what  market 

participants would assume when pricing the asset or liability. 

Business Combinations 

The Company accounts for all business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting, which allocates the fair value 
of the purchase consideration to the tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. 
The excess of the purchase consideration over the fair values of these identifiable assets and liabilities is recorded as goodwill. When 
determining  the  fair  values  of  assets  acquired  and  liabilities  assumed,  management  makes  significant  estimates  and  assumptions. 
Management may further adjust the acquisition date fair values for a period of up to one year from the date of acquisition. Acquisition 
related expenses and transaction costs associated with business combinations are expensed as incurred (see Note 3 - Acquisition). 

Risks and Concentrations 

Financial  instruments,  which  potentially  subject  the  Company  to  concentrations  of  credit  risk,  consist  principally  of  cash 
investments, accounts receivable and other receivables. The Company places its cash and cash equivalents in short-term instruments 
with high quality financial institutions and limits the amount of credit exposure in any one financial instrument. The Company pursues 
amounts  and  incentives  due  from  vendors  in  the  normal  course  of  business  and  is  often  allowed  to  deduct  these  amounts  and 
incentives from payments made to vendors. 

A  credit  review  is  completed  for  new  customers  and  ongoing  credit  evaluations  of  each  customer’s  financial  condition  are 
performed  periodically,  with  reserves  maintained  for  potential  credit  losses.  Credit  limits  given  to  customers  are  based  on  a  risk 
assessment of their ability to pay and other factors. Accounts receivable are typically not collateralized, but the Company may require 
prepayments or other guarantees whenever deemed necessary. 

Alimentation Couche-Tard, Inc. (“Couche-Tard”), the Company’s largest customer, accounted for 14.2%, 14.5% and 14.7% of 
total  net  sales  in  2015,  2014  and  2013,  respectively.  In  addition,  no  single  customer  accounted  for  10%  or  more  of  accounts 
receivables at December 31, 2015 and 2014. 

The Company has two significant suppliers: Philip Morris USA, Inc. and R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company. Product purchases 
from Philip Morris USA, Inc. accounted for approximately 29%, 28% and 28% of total product purchases in 2015, 2014 and 2013, 
respectively.  Product  purchases  from  R.J.  Reynolds  Tobacco  Company  were  approximately  17%,  14%  and  14%  of  total  product 
purchases in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

Cigarette sales represented 68.0%, 67.5% and 68.0% of net sales in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively, and contributed 28.3%, 
27.1%  and  30.0%  of  gross  profit  in  2015,  2014  and  2013,  respectively.  Although  cigarettes  represent  a  significant  portion  of  the 
Company’s total net sales, the majority of its gross profit is generated from food/non-food products. 

Recent Accounting Standards or Updates Not Yet Effective 

On  May  28,  2014,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  (“ASU”) 
No. 2014-09 (ASU 2014-09), Revenue from Contracts with Customers: Topic 606 (“ASU 2014-09”), to supersede nearly all existing 
revenue recognition guidance under U.S. GAAP. The core principle of ASU 2014-09 is to recognize revenues when promised goods 
or services are transferred to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration that is expected to be received for those goods or 
services. This standard is effective for the Company beginning in 2017 and allows for either full retrospective adoption or modified 
retrospective adoption with cumulative effect recognized at the date of initial adoption. Early adoption of this standard is not allowed. 
The Company is currently evaluating the impact of the adoption of ASU 2014-09 on its consolidated financial statements. 

On May 7, 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-07, Disclosures for Investments in Certain Entities That Calculate Net Asset 
Value per Share (or Its Equivalent): Topic 820 (“ASU 2015-07”). The standard removes the requirement to categorize within the fair 
value hierarchy all investments for which fair value is measured using the net asset value per share practical expedient. The Company 
does  not hold any  such  investments  on  its  consolidated balance  sheet, however,  the  assets  held  in  a group  trust  for  the  Company’s 
defined benefit pension plan includes equities and corporate bonds.  ASU 2015-07 requires retrospective adoption and is effective for 
the Company beginning in 2016. The Company has determined that the adoption of ASU 2015-07 will not have a material impact on 
its consolidated financial statements. 

53 

On August 18, 2015, the FASB issued ASU No. 2015-15, Imputation of Interest: Presentation and Subsequent Measurement of 
Debt Issuance Costs Associated with Line-of -Credit Arrangements: Subtopic 835-30 (“ASU 2015-15”). The guidance states that the 
SEC  staff  would  not  object  to  an  entity  deferring  and  presenting  debt  issuance  costs  as  an  asset  and  subsequently  amortizing  the 
deferred debt issuance costs ratably over the term of the line-of-credit arrangement, regardless of whether there are any outstanding 
borrowings  on  the  line-of-credit  arrangement.  ASU  2015-15  requires  retrospective  application  and  is  effective  for  annual  periods 
beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company has determined the adoption of ASU 2015-15 will not have a material impact on its 
consolidated financial statements. 

On  November  20,  2015,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.2015-17,  Income  Taxes:  Balance  Sheet  Classification  of  Deferred  Taxes: 
Topic 740 (“ASU 2015-17”). The new guidance requires entities with a classified balance sheet to present all deferred tax assets and 
liabilities  as  non-current.  ASU  2015-17  requires  either  prospective  or  retrospective  application  and  is  effective  for  annual  periods 
beginning  after  December  15,  2016.  The  adoption  of  ASU  2015-17 will  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the  presentation  of  its 
consolidated financial statements.  

On  January  5,  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  No.  2016-01,  Financial  Instruments  -  Overall:  Recognition  and  Measurement  of 
Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities: Subtopic 825-10 (“ASU 2016-01”). The new guidance enhances the reporting model for 
financial  instruments,  which  includes  amendments  to  address  aspects  of  recognition,  measurement,  presentation  and  disclosure. 
ASU 2016-01  is  effective  for  annual  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2017.  The  Company  is  currently  evaluating  the 
impact ASU 2016-01 will have on its consolidated financial statements. 

3.  Acquisition  

Acquisition of Karrys Bros., Limited.  

On February 23, 2015, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of Karrys Bros., Limited (“Karrys Bros.”), a regional 
convenience  wholesaler  servicing  customers  in  Ontario,  Canada,  and  the  surrounding  provinces,  for  cash  consideration  of 
approximately  $8.0  million,  or  $10.0  million  (Canadian  dollars).  The  Karrys  Bros.  operations  have  been  integrated  into  the 
Company’s existing distribution center in Toronto and have provided the Company with the opportunity to increase its market share in 
eastern Canada. The purchase price allocation of the acquired assets and liabilities assumed was as follows (in millions): 

Accounts receivable 
Inventory 
Property and equipment 
Liabilities 

Total consideration 

February 23, 2015

$

$

3.9
3.9
2.3
(2.1)

8.0

Transaction  and  integration  costs  in  connection  with  the  acquisition  of  Karrys  Bros.  were  approximately  $1.7  million  for  the 
year  ended  December 31,  2015.  The  results  of  operations  of  Karrys  Bros.  have  been  included  in  the  Company’s  consolidated 
statements  of  operations  and  comprehensive  income  since  the  acquisition  date.  The  Company  does  not  consider  the  Karrys  Bros. 
acquisition  to  be  a  material  business  combination  and  therefore  has  not  disclosed  pro-forma  results  of  operations  for  the 
acquired business.  

Acquisition of J.T. Davenport & Sons, Inc. 

On December 17, 2012, the Company acquired J.T. Davenport & Sons, Inc. (“Davenport”), a convenience wholesaler based in 
North Carolina, which is now a subsidiary of Core-Mark. This acquisition increased the Company’s market presence primarily in the 
Southeastern U.S. and further enhanced the Company’s ability to cost effectively service national and regional retailers.  

Total purchase consideration to acquire Davenport was approximately $41.2 million. The total purchase consideration included a 
$4.0  million  indemnity  holdback  for  any  post-closing  liabilities  to  be  released,  less  any  indemnity  claims,  to  the  former  owners  of 
Davenport  in  equal  installments  over  four  years  on  the  anniversary  date  of  the  closing  of  the  acquisition.  The  Company  paid 
$1.0 million of the holdback in December 2015 and there was $1.0 million of the holdback remaining as of December 31, 2015. 

54 

  
  
4.  Other Consolidated Balance Sheet Accounts Detail  

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts, Accounts Receivable  

The changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts due from customers consist of the following (in millions): 

Balance, beginning of year 
Net additions charged to operations (1) 
Less: Write-offs and adjustments 

Balance, end of year 

Year Ended December 31,

2015

2014 

2013

$

$

10.8   $
1.3  
(1.2)  

10.9   $

9.4   $
2.2   
(0.8 )  

10.8   $

10.9
1.1
(2.6)

9.4

______________________________________________ 
(1) 

The net additions to the allowance for doubtful accounts were recognized in the consolidated statements of operations as a component of the Company’s selling, 
general and administrative expenses. 

Other Receivables, Net  

Other receivables, net consist of the following (in millions): 

Vendor receivables, net 
Insurance recoverables, current 
Other miscellaneous receivables (1) 
Total other receivables, net 

December 31, 
2015 

December 31, 
2014

$ 

$ 

59.0   $
1.5  
8.9  

69.4   $

46.0
1.4
14.1

61.5

______________________________________________ 
(1) 

Other  miscellaneous receivables include amounts related primarily to notes receivables,  miscellaneous tax receivables, receivables from the Company’s third 
party logistics customers, and other miscellaneous receivables. 

Deposits and Prepayments  

Deposits and prepayments consist of the following (in millions):       

Deposits (1) 
Prepaid taxes 
Vendor prepayments 
Racking allowances, current 
Other prepayments (2) 

Total deposits and prepayments 

December 31, 
2015 

December 31, 
2014

$

$

4.7   $
10.6  
34.1  
6.4  
9.2  

65.0   $

4.3
4.1
20.7
6.4
8.2

43.7

______________________________________________ 
(1) Deposits include amounts related primarily to cigarette stamps and workers’ compensation claims. 

(2) Other prepayments include prepayments relating to insurance policies, software licenses, rent and other miscellaneous prepayments. 

55 

  
  
  
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
Other Non-current Assets, Net 

Other non-current assets, net of current portion, consist of the following (in millions): 

Insurance recoverables 
Debt issuance costs 
Insurance deposits 
Racking allowances, net 
Other assets 

Total other non-current assets, net 

Accrued Liabilities  

Accrued liabilities consist of the following (in millions):  

Accrued payroll, retirement and other benefits (1) 
Claims liabilities, current 
Accrued customer incentives payable 
Indirect taxes 
Customer advances 
Other accrued expenses (2) 
Total accrued liabilities 

December 31, 
2015 

December 31, 
2014

$ 

$ 

14.4   $
0.9  
2.9  
6.5  
3.4  

28.1   $

16.6
0.8
4.0
5.5
4.2

31.1

December 31, 
2015 

December 31, 
2014

$

29.9   $
11.9  
20.3  
7.3  
11.0  
26.5  

$

106.9   $

32.5
10.4
18.2
7.2
5.1
20.0

93.4

______________________________________________ 
(1) 

The Company’s accrued payroll, retirement and other benefits include accruals for vacation, bonuses, wages, 401(k) benefit matching and the current portion of 
pension and post-retirement benefit obligations. 
The  Company’s  other  accrued  expenses  include  accruals  for  goods  and  services,  lease  liabilities,  construction  in  process,  legal  expenses,  and  other 
miscellaneous accruals. 

(2) 

5. 

Inventories 

Inventories consist of the following (in millions):  

Inventories at FIFO, net of reserves 
Less: LIFO reserve 

Total inventories at LIFO, net of reserves 

December 31, 
2015 

December 31, 
2014

$ 

$ 

524.6   $
(117.2)  

407.4   $

533.1
(115.3)

417.8

During periods of rising prices, the LIFO method of costing inventories generally results in higher current costs being charged 
against  income  while  lower  costs  are  retained  in  inventories.  Conversely,  during  periods  of  decreasing  prices,  the  LIFO  method of 
costing inventories generally results in lower current costs being charged against income and higher stated inventories. If the FIFO 
method  had  been  used  for  valuing  inventories  in  the  U.S.,  inventories  would  have  been  approximately  $117.2  million  and 
$115.3 million  higher  at  December 31,  2015  and  2014,  respectively.  The  Company  recorded  LIFO  expense  of  $1.9  million, 
$16.3 million and $8.7 million for the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company had a decrement 
in  certain  of  its  LIFO  inventory  layers  of  $12.2  million  and  $4.6  million  in  2015  and  2014,  respectively,  which  had  the  effect  of 
reducing its LIFO expense by $0.7 million in 2015 and $0.3 million in 2014. 

56 

  
  
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
6. 

Property and Equipment 

Property and equipment consist of the following (in millions): 

Delivery, warehouse and office equipment (1) 
Leasehold improvements 
Land and buildings (2) 
Construction in progress 

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization 

Total property and equipment, net 

December 31,  
2015 

December 31,  
2014

$

$

235.3   $
54.4  
28.9  
0.8  

319.4  
(159.9)  

159.5   $

208.4
44.3
27.9
5.2

285.8
(136.9)

148.9

______________________________________________ 
(1) 
(2) 

Includes equipment capital leases of $13.4 million for 2015 and $8.0 million for 2014. 
Includes $4.8 million for a capital lease related to a warehouse facility in both 2015 and 2014. 

Depreciation and amortization expenses related to property and equipment were $26.0 million, $21.5 million and $20.0 million 

for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

7.  Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets 

Goodwill 

Goodwill  represents  the  excess  of  the  purchase  consideration  of  an  acquired  business  over  the  fair  value  of  the  identifiable 
tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed in certain business combinations in earlier years. The carrying amounts 
for  goodwill  during  2015  and  2014  were  $22.9  million.  The  Company  did  not  record  any  impairment  charges  related  to  goodwill 
during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014. 

Other Intangible Assets 

The carrying amount and accumulated amortization of other intangible assets as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 are as follows 

(in millions): 

December 31, 2015

December 31, 2014

Gross 
Carrying
Amount 

  Accumulated   Carrying
  Amortization   Amount

  Carrying 
  Amount 

   Accumulated   Carrying
   Amortization   Amount

Net

Gross 

Net

Customer relationships 
Non-competition agreements 
Internally developed and other 
purchased software 

$ 

21.1   $
3.2  

(7.3)   $
(2.9)  

13.8   $
0.3  

25.8  

(10.4)  

15.4  

Total other intangible assets 

$ 

50.1   $

(20.6)   $

29.5   $

21.1   $
3.2   

16.3   

40.6   $

(5.6)   $
(2.4)  

(10.0)  

(18.0)   $

15.5
0.8

6.3

22.6

The amortization of intangible assets recorded in the consolidated statements of operations was $2.6 million, $2.6 million and 

$2.7 million in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

Estimated future amortization expense for intangible assets is as follows (in millions):  

Year ending December 31, 

2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 

57 

$

4.1
4.0
3.7
3.6
3.6

  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
    
 
 
     
 
  
  
  
  
8. 

Long-term Debt 

Total long-term debt consists of the following (in millions):  

Amounts borrowed (Credit Facility) 
Obligations under capital leases (Note 9) 

Total long-term debt 

December 31, 
2015 

December 31, 
2014

$

$

47.0   $
13.4  

60.4   $

55.9
12.3

68.2

The Company has a revolving credit facility (“Credit Facility”) with a capacity of $200 million as of December 31, 2015. The 
Credit  Facility  has  an  expansion  feature  which  can  be  increased  up  to  an  additional  $100  million,  limited  by  a  borrowing  base 
primarily  consisting  of  eligible  accounts  receivable  and  inventories.  All  obligations  under  the  Credit  Facility  are  secured  by  first 
priority  liens  on  substantially  all  of  the  Company’s  present  and  future  assets.  The  terms  of  the  Credit  Facility  permit  prepayment 
without penalty at any time (subject to customary breakage costs with respect to London Interbank Offer Rate (“LIBOR”) or Canadian 
Dollar Offer Rate (“CDOR”) based loans prepaid prior to the end of an interest period). 

On  May  21,  2015,  the  Company  entered  into  a  sixth  amendment  to  the  Credit  Facility  (the  “Sixth  Amendment”),  which 
extended the term of the Credit Facility from May 2018 to May 2020. The Sixth Amendment fixed the unused facility fee at 25 basis 
points and provided for quarterly borrowing base reporting. The margin added to the LIBOR or CDOR rate remains at a range of 125 
to 175 basis points. In addition, the Sixth Amendment raised and reset the baskets for stock repurchases in aggregate of $75.0 million, 
not  to  exceed  $20.0  million  in  any  year,  an  aggregate  of  $100.0  million  for  dividends  and  up  to  $150.0  million  for  permitted 
acquisitions.  As  of  December 31,  2015,  the  remaining  balances  under  the  Credit  Facility  for  stock  repurchases,  dividends,  and 
permitted acquisitions were $71.8 million, $90.3 million and $150.0 million, respectively. 

On January 11, 2016, the Company entered into a seventh amendment to the Credit Facility (the “Seventh Amendment”), which 
increased its Credit Facility from $200 million to $300 million. The Seventh Amendment also includes an expansion feature that gives 
the Company the option to increase the size of the Credit Facility to a total of $400 million, if exercised. The Company incurred fees 
of approximately $0.4 million in connection with the amendments. 

The  Credit  Facility  contains  restrictive  covenants,  including  among  others,  limitations  on  dividends  and  other  restricted 
payments,  other  indebtedness,  liens,  investments  and  acquisitions  and  certain  asset  sales.  The  Company  identified  that  the  total 
amount of its capital lease obligations exceeded the maximum specified in the agreement’s restrictive covenant for capital leases as of 
December 31,  2015.   The  Seventh  Amendment  resolved  this  by  waiving  the  prior  technical  default  and  increasing  the  limit  on  the 
restrictive  covenant  for  capital  leases.  The  Company  was  in  compliance  with  all  other  covenants  under  the  Credit  Facility  as  of 
December 31, 2015. 

Amounts  borrowed,  outstanding  letters  of  credit  and  amounts  available  to  borrow,  net  of  certain  reserves  required  under  the 

Credit Facility, were as follows (in millions): 

Amounts borrowed 
Outstanding letters of credit 
Amounts available to borrow (1) 
______________________________________________ 
(1) 

Excluding $100 million expansion feature. 

December 31, 
2015 

December 31, 
2014

$

47.0   $
18.5  
123.9  

55.9
17.4
114.8

Average borrowings during the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 were $39.6 million and $14.8 million, respectively, 
with amounts borrowed at any one time during the years then ended ranging from zero to $120.9 million and zero to $80.3 million, 
respectively. 

The weighted-average interest rate on the Credit Facility for both the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 was 1.6%. The 
weighted-average interest rate is calculated based on the daily cost of borrowing, reflecting a blend of prime and LIBOR rates. The 
Company paid fees for unused credit facility and letter of credit participation, which are included in interest expense, of $0.6 million, 
$0.7 million, and $0.8 million for 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. The Company recorded charges related to amortization of debt 
issuance  costs,  which  are  included  in  interest  expense,  of  $0.3  million,  $0.3  million,  and  $0.4  million  for  the  years  ended 
December 31,  2015,  2014  and  2013,  respectively.  Unamortized  debt  issuance  costs  were  $1.2  million  and  $1.1  million  as  of 
December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively. 

58 

  
  
 
  
  
 
9.  Commitments and Contingencies 

Purchase Commitments 

The Company enters into purchase commitments in the ordinary course of business. The Company had purchase obligations of 
$43.1 million and $40.1 million as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, related primarily to purchases of compressed natural 
gas for our trucking fleet, delivery and warehouse equipment and computer software and services. Purchase orders for the purchase of 
inventory and other services are not included in the purchase obligations as of December 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively, because 
purchase orders represent authorizations to purchase rather than binding agreements.  For purposes of this commitment, contractual 
obligations for purchase of goods or services are defined as agreements that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all 
significant  terms,  including:  fixed  or  minimum  quantities  to  be  purchased;  fixed,  minimum  or  variable  price  provisions;  and  the 
approximate timing of the transaction.  The Company’s purchase orders are based on its current inventory needs and are fulfilled by its 
suppliers within short time periods.  The Company also enters into contracts for outsourced services; however, the obligations under 
these contracts are not significant and the contracts generally contain clauses allowing for cancellation without significant penalty. 

Operating Leases 

The Company leases most of its sales and warehouse facilities and a significant number of trucks, vans and certain equipment 
under operating lease agreements expiring at various dates through 2029, excluding renewal options. Rent expense is recorded on a 
straight-line  basis  over  the  term  of  the  lease,  including  available  renewal  option  terms,  if  it  is  reasonably  assured  that  the  renewal 
options  will  be  exercised.  The  operating  leases  generally  require  the  Company  to  pay  taxes,  maintenance  and  insurance.  In  most 
instances, the Company expects the operating leases that expire will be renewed or replaced in the normal course of business. 

Future minimum rental payments under non-cancelable operating leases (with initial or remaining lease terms in excess of one 

year and excluding contracted vehicle maintenance costs) were as follows as of December 31, 2015 (in millions): 

Year ending December 31, 
2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 
2021 and thereafter 

Total 

$

$

44.7
43.0
39.9
35.7
30.1
91.7

285.1

For 2015, 2014 and 2013, rental expenses for operating and month-to-month leases, including contracted vehicle maintenance 

costs, were $57.9 million, $50.4 million and $45.7 million, respectively. 

Capital Leases  

As of December 31, 2015 and 2014, the Company had approximately $15.6 million and $14.0 million, respectively, in capital 
lease  obligations,  related  to  a  warehouse  facility,  refrigeration  and  other  office  and  warehouse  equipment  with  lease  agreements 
expiring at various dates through 2027, excluding renewal options. 

59 

  
  
Future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable capital leases were as follows as of December 31, 2015 (in millions): 

Year ending December 31, 
2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 
2021 and thereafter 

Total 
Less: Interest 

Present value of future minimum lease payments 

Less: current portion 

Non-current portion 

Contingencies  

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements  

$

$

3.1
2.5
2.3
2.2
1.9
7.6

19.6
(4.0)

15.6
(2.2)

13.4

Letter of Credit Commitments. As of December 31, 2015, the Company’s standby letters of credit issued under the Company’s 
Credit Facility were $18.5 million related primarily to casualty insurance. The majority of the standby letters of credit mature in one 
year. However, in the ordinary course of business, the Company will continue to renew or modify the terms of the letters of credit to 
support business requirements. The letters of credit are contingent liabilities, supported by the Company’s line of credit, and are not 
reflected on the consolidated balance sheets. 

Litigation 

The  Company  and  its  insurers  are plaintiffs  in  a  lawsuit  against  Sonitrol  Corporation. The  case  arose  from  the  December 21, 
2002 arson fire at the Denver warehouse, in which Sonitrol failed to detect and respond to a four-hour burglary and subsequent arson. 
In 2010, a jury found in favor of the Company and its insurers. Sonitrol appealed the judgment to the Colorado Appellate Court and on 
July 19, 2012, the Appellate Court upheld the trial court’s ruling on two of the three issues being appealed but set aside the judgment 
and  remanded the  case back to  the  District Court  for  trial on  the  sole  issue of  damages.  On April 29, 2013,  the  Colorado Supreme 
Court denied Sonitrol’s appeal and the case was returned to the District Court to resolve the sole issue of damages. On April 11, 2014, 
the damages trial concluded with a jury award of $2.75 million in favor of the Company and its insurers, finding that Sonitrol was 
liable  for damages  related only  to  the  burglary  and  not  the  subsequent arson.  The District  Court  denied  the  Company’s  motion  for 
post-judgment relief on June 26, 2014. The Company and its insurers appealed the District Court’s decision and on February 11, 2016, 
the Appellate Court denied the Company’s and its insurers’ appeal and dismissed Sonitrol’s cross-appeal, upholding the jury award 
of $2.75  million  in  favor  of  the  Company  and  its  insurers.  The  Company  is  unable  to  predict  when  this  litigation  will  be  finally 
resolved and its ultimate outcome.  Any monetary recovery from this lawsuit will be recognized only if and when it is finally paid 
to the Company. 

The  Company  is  subject  to  certain  legal  proceedings,  claims,  investigations  and  administrative  proceedings  in  the  ordinary 
course of its business. The Company records a provision for a liability when it is both probable that the liability has been incurred and 
the amount of the liability can be reasonably estimated. These provisions, if any, are reviewed at least quarterly and adjusted to reflect 
the impacts of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel and other information and events pertaining to a particular 
case.  In  the  opinion  of  management,  the  outcome  of  pending  litigation  is  not  expected  to  have  a  material  effect on the  Company’s 
results of operations or financial condition. 

60 

  
  
10. 

Income Taxes 

The Company’s income tax provision consists of the following (in millions): 

Current: 

Federal 
State 

Total current tax provision 

Deferred: 

Federal 
State 
Foreign 

Total deferred tax provision (benefit) 

Year Ended December 31,

2015

2014 

2013

$

19.4   $
3.2  

22.6  

7.8  
1.1  
(0.1)  

8.8  

22.0   $
3.1   

25.1   

(0.6 )  
(0.5 )  
(0.3 )  

(1.4 )  

18.7
2.4

21.1

2.8
0.8
(0.3)

3.3

Total income tax provision 

$

31.4   $

23.7   $

24.4

A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate and income tax provision is 

as follows (in millions): 

Federal income tax provision at the statutory rate 
Increase (decrease) resulting from: 

State income taxes, net of federal benefit 
Decrease in unrecognized tax benefits (inclusive of 

related interest and penalty) 

Effect of foreign operations 
Change in valuation allowance 
Tax credits and other, net 

Year Ended December 31, 

2015

2014 

2013

$

29.0  

35.0 %   $

23.2   

35.0 %   $

23.1  

35.0 %

2.9  

3.5

2.3   

3.5

2.5  

3.9

—  
(0.1)  
(0.1)  
(0.3)  

—  

(0.1) 
(0.1) 
(0.4) 

(0.9)   
(0.3)   
—   
(0.6)   

(1.4) 
(0.5) 

—   

(0.9) 

(0.4)  
(0.3)  
—  
(0.5)  

(0.6) 
(0.5) 
—
(0.8) 

Income tax provision 

$

31.4  

37.9 %   $

23.7   

35.7 %   $

24.4  

37.0 %

The Company’s effective tax rate was 37.9% for 2015 compared to 35.7% for 2014. The increase in effective tax rate for 2015 is 

due primarily to a decrease in the recovery of unrecognized tax benefits and lower favorable adjustments to prior years’ estimates. 

The provision for income taxes included a net benefit of $0.3 million and $1.8 million for 2015 and 2014, respectively, related 

primarily to the expiration of the statute of limitations for uncertain tax positions and adjustments of prior years’ estimates. 

61 

  
  
  
 
 
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
  
  
 
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
 
  
  
    
    
    
    
    
  
 
  
 
 
  
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which 
those  temporary  differences  are  expected  to  be  recovered  or  settled.  The  tax  effects  of  significant  temporary  differences  which 
comprise deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in millions): 

Deferred tax assets: 

Employee benefits, including post-retirement benefits 
Trade and other receivables 
Goodwill and intangibles 
Self-insurance reserves 
Other 

Subtotal 
Less: valuation allowance 

Net deferred tax assets 

Deferred tax liabilities: 

Inventories 
Property and equipment 
Goodwill and intangibles 
Other 

Total deferred tax liabilities 

Total net deferred tax liabilities 
Net current deferred tax assets 

Net non-current deferred tax liabilities 

December 31, 2015   December 31, 2014

$

$

$

$

$

$

15.2   $
4.1  
2.0  
1.5  
4.0  
26.8  
—  

26.8   $

9.0   $

27.2  
6.0  
1.6  

43.8   $

(17.0)   $
1.6  

(18.6)   $

12.4
4.1
2.6
1.2
3.7
24.0
(0.1)

23.9

1.3
22.6
6.5
1.6

32.0

(8.1)
8.1

(16.2)

At  each  balance  sheet  date,  a  valuation  allowance  was  established  against  the  deferred  tax  assets  based  on  management’s 
assessment  whether  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  these  deferred  tax  assets  would  not  be  realized.  The  Company  had  a  valuation 
allowance  of  $0.1  million  at  December 31,  2014  which  was  written  off  in  2015  together  with  the  related  foreign  tax  credits  that 
expired in 2015.  

The total gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits related to federal, state and foreign taxes was approximately $0.4 million at 
December 31, 2015 and 2014, all of which would impact the Company’s effective tax rate, if recognized. The expiration of the statute 
of limitation in future years could impact the total gross amount of unrecognized tax benefits by $0.2 million through the year ended 
December 31, 2016 as a result of the statute limitations for certain tax positions in future years and expected settlement of certain tax 
audit issues. A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of unrecognized tax benefits for 2015, 2014 and 2013 is as follows 
(in millions): 

Balance at beginning of year 
Increase in unrecognized tax benefits 
Lapse of statute of limitations 
Settlement(1) 
Balance at end of year 

Year Ended December 31,

2015

2014 

2013

$

$

0.4   $
—  
—  
—  

0.4   $

0.6   $
—   
(0.2 )  
—   

0.4   $

1.6
0.2
(0.2)
(1.0)

0.6

____________________________________________ 
(1) 

Relates to the settlement in 2013 of certain pre-acquisition tax liabilities which were reimbursed by the former owners of Forrest City Grocery Company. 

62 

  
  
  
    
  
    
  
  
    
  
  
  
 
 
The Company files U.S. federal, state and foreign income tax returns in jurisdictions with varying statutes of limitations. The 
2012 to 2015 tax years remain subject to examination by federal and state tax authorities. The 2011 tax year is still open for certain 
state tax authorities. The 2008 to 2015 tax years remain subject to examination by the tax authorities in Canada. 

For the year ended December 31, 2015, the Company did not recognize any net benefit in its provision for income taxes related 
to  the  interest  associated  with  certain  unrecognized  tax  positions.  For  the  years  ended  December 31,  2014  and  2013,  the  Company 
recognized net benefits of $0.2 million and $0.1 million respectively. As of December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2014, the Company 
had a liability of $0.3 million for estimated interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits, consisting of $0.2 million for 
interest and $0.1 million for penalties. 

11.  Employee Benefit Plans 

Pension Plans 

The Company sponsored a qualified defined-benefit pension plan and a post-retirement benefit plan (collectively, “the Pension 

Plans”). The Pension Plans were frozen on September 30, 1986 and since then there have been no new entrants to the Pension Plans. 

The Company’s defined-benefit pension plan is subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”). 
Under ERISA, the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (“PBGC”) has the authority to terminate an underfunded pension plan under 
limited circumstances. In the event the Company’s pension plan is terminated for any reason while it is underfunded, the Company 
would  incur  a  liability  to  the  PBGC  that  may  be  equal  to  the  entire  amount  of  the  underfunding.  The  Company’s  post-retirement 
benefit plan is not subject to ERISA. As a result, the post-retirement benefit plan is not required to be pre-funded, and, accordingly, 
has no plan assets. 

Pension costs and other post-retirement benefit costs charged to operations are estimated on the basis of annual valuations with 
the assistance of an independent actuary. Adjustments arising from plan amendments, changes in assumptions and experience gains 
and losses, are amortized over the average future life expectancy of inactive participants for the defined-benefit plan, and the average 
remaining future service of active employees expected to receive benefits for the post-retirement benefit plan. 

63 

The following tables provide a reconciliation of the changes in the Pension Plans’ benefit obligation and fair value of assets, the 
funded  status  of  the  plans  and  the  amounts  recognized  in  the  balance  sheets  and  AOCI  as  of  December  31,  2015  and  2014 
(in millions):  

Pension Benefits  

Other Post-retirement Benefits  

December 31, 
2015

December 31, 
2014

December 31, 
2015 

December 31, 
2014

Change in Benefit Obligation: 
Obligation at beginning of year 
Interest cost 
Actuarial (gain) loss 
Benefit payments 
Group annuity contract discontinuance 
Settlement of accumulated benefits 

Benefit obligation at end of year 

Change in Plan Assets: 
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year 
Actual return on plan assets 
Employer contributions 
Benefit payments 
Group annuity contract discontinuance 
Settlement of accumulated benefits 

Fair value of plan assets at end of year 

Funded status at end of year 

Amounts recognized in the balance sheet consist of:
Current liabilities 
Non-current liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Amounts recognized in AOCI consist of: 
Net actuarial loss (gain) 

Total 

Additional Information: 
Accumulated benefit obligation 

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

43.6   $
1.7  
(2.0)  
(2.8)  
(1.3)  
(2.2)  

37.0   $

40.4   $
(1.8)  
—  
(2.8)  
(1.3)  
(2.2)  

32.3   $

40.1     $ 
1.8    
5.4    
(3.7)    
—    
—    

43.6     $ 

38.0     $ 
2.8    
3.3    
(3.7)    
—    
—    

40.4     $ 

3.0   $
0.1  
0.1  
(0.2)  
—  
—  

3.0   $

—   $
—  
0.2  
(0.2)  
—  
—  

—   $

(4.7)   $

(3.2)     $ 

(3.0)   $

—   $

(4.7)  

(4.7)   $

—     $ 

(3.2)    

(3.2)     $ 

(0.2)   $
(2.8)  

(3.0)   $

17.5   $

17.5   $

17.9     $ 

17.9     $ 

(0.2)   $

(0.2)   $

37.0   $

43.6       

3.4
0.1
(0.4)
(0.1)
—
—

3.0

—
—
0.1
(0.1)
—
—

—

(3.0)

(0.2)
(2.8)

(3.0)

(0.4)

(0.4)

During 2015, the underfunded status of the defined-benefit pension plan increased $1.5 million to $4.7 million, due primarily to 
a negative return on plan assets of $1.8 million caused by a general decline in equity markets, and interest costs of $1.7 million offset 
against an actuarial gain of $2.0 million. The actuarial gain is attributable to a $0.8 million gain from the adoption of the Society of 
Actuaries RP-2014 mortality table with MP-2015 projection, a $1.3 million gain from an increase in discount rates and $0.1 million 
loss  due  to  other  items.  In  December  2015,  the  Company  discontinued  its  group  annuity  contract,  settled  the  $1.3  million  contract 
liability, and the excess assets were transferred to the Group Trust. The Company offers certain plan participants the option to receive 
a  lump  sum  payment  in  lieu  of  future  annuity  pension  benefits.  During  2015,  the  Company  settled  accumulated  benefits  of 
$2.2 million (pre-tax) for participants who received lump sum payments. The Company incurred settlement charges of $1.6 million 
during 2015 due to lump sum payments and the discontinuance of the group annuity contract. 

64 

  
  
   
  
 
   
 
  
    
      
    
  
  
 
 
      
 
 
  
 
 
      
 
 
  
  
 
 
      
 
 
  
  
    
      
    
  
    
      
    
  
  
    
      
    
  
    
      
    
  
  
    
      
    
  
    
      
    
    
The following table provides components of net periodic benefit cost and other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations 

recognized in other comprehensive income (in millions): 

Net Periodic Benefit Cost: 
Interest cost 
Expected return on plan assets 
Amortization of prior service credit 
Amortization of net actuarial (gain) loss 
Curtailment gain 
Settlement charge 

Net periodic benefit (income) cost 

Other Changes in Plan Assets and Benefit Obligations 
Recognized in Other Comprehensive Income: 
Net actuarial (gain) loss 
Settlement charge 
Amortization of prior service cost 
Amortization of actuarial gain (loss) 

Total net loss (gain) recognized in  
   other comprehensive income 

Pension Benefits 

December 31,

Other Post-retirement Benefits 

December 31,

2015

2014

2013

2015 

2014

2013

$

$

$

1.7   $
(2.1)  
—  
0.6  
—  
1.6  

1.8   $
(2.5)  
—  
0.4  
—  
—  

1.6     $
(2.3)    
—    
0.6    
—    
—    

0.1   $ 
—   
—   
—   
—   
—   

0.1   $
—  
—  
(0.1)  
—  
—  

1.8   $

(0.3)   $

(0.1)     $

0.1   $  —   $

1.9   $
(1.6)  
—  
(0.6)  

5.2   $
—  
—  
(0.4)  

(2.8)     $
—    
—    
(0.6)    

0.2   $ 
—   
—   
—   

(0.4)   $
—  
—  
0.1  

0.2
—
(0.1)
—
(0.9)
—

(0.8)

(0.8)
—
0.1
—

$

(0.3)   $

4.8   $

(3.4)     $

0.2   $ 

(0.3)   $

(0.7)

For both the pension and other post-retirement benefit plans, prior service costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the 
average remaining future service of active employees expected to receive benefits under the plan. For the pension benefit plan, gains 
and losses in excess of 10% of the greater of the benefit obligation and market-related value of assets are amortized over the average 
future life expectancy of inactive participants. For the post-retirement benefit plan, gains and losses in excess of 10% of the greater of 
the benefit obligation and market-related value of assets are amortized over the average remaining future service of active employees 
expected to receive benefits under the plan. The Company uses its fiscal year-end date as the  measurement date for the plans. The 
Company estimated that average future life expectancy is 21.3 years for the pension benefits plan and remaining service life of active 
participants is 5.3 years for the post-retirement benefits plan.  

Assumptions Used:  

The following table shows the weighted-average assumptions used in the measurement of:  

Benefit Obligations: 

Discount rate 
Expected return on assets 

Net Periodic Benefit Costs: 

Discount rate 
Expected return on assets 

Pension Benefits  

December 31,

Other Post-retirement Benefits

December 31,

2015

2014

2013

2015 

2014

2013

4.32%  
6.00%  

4.00%  
5.50%  

4.60%    
6.55%    

4.32%   
N/A   

3.99%  
N/A  

4.60%
N/A

4.05%  
5.95%  

4.60%  
6.55%  

3.80%    
7.00%    

3.99%   
N/A   

4.60%  
N/A  

3.85%
N/A

The weighted-average discount rates used to determine the Pension Plans’ obligations and expenses are based on a yield curve 
methodology, which matches the expected benefits at each duration to the available high quality yields at that duration and calculating 
an equivalent yield. The net periodic benefit cost was re-measured at September 30, 2015 and December 31, 2015 to reflect settlement 
accounting due to lump sum payments and the discontinuance of the group annuity contract. During 2015, a discount rate of 4.00% 
was used from January 1 to September 30, a discount rate of 4.20% was used from October 1 to December 30, and a discount rate 
of 4.32% was used at December 31. The increase in discount rate in 2015 compared to 2014 was due to an increase in bond yields 
during 2015. The increase in the expected long-term return on assets assumption in 2015 compared to 2014 was due primarily to an 
65 

  
   
  
   
  
 
 
   
  
 
  
    
    
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
      
    
    
  
    
    
      
    
    
  
    
    
      
    
    
  
  
   
  
   
  
 
 
   
  
 
  
    
    
      
    
    
  
  
    
    
      
    
    
  
    
    
      
    
    
increase in the return seeking asset allocation per the Plan’s dynamic investment policy. The Company uses a building block approach 
in  determining  the  overall  expected  long  term  return  on  assets.  Under  this  approach,  a  weighted-average  expected  rate  of  return  is 
developed based on historical and expected future returns for each major asset class and the proportion of assets of the class held by 
the Pension Plans. The Company then reviews the results and may make adjustments to reflect the expected additional return gained 
through active investment management. 

Assumed health care cost trend rates have an effect on the amounts reported for the post-retirement health care plans. The health 

care cost trend rates assumed for the end of year benefit obligation for the post-retirement benefit plans are as follows:  

Assumed current trend rate for next year for participants under 65 
Assumed current trend rate for next year for participants 65 and over 
Ultimate year trend rate 
Year that ultimate trend rate is reached for participants under 65 
Year that ultimate trend rate is reached for participants 65 and over 

December 31, 
2015 

December 31, 
2014

6.80% 
7.85% 
5.00% 
2024 
2023 

7.25% 
6.75% 
5.00% 
2024 
2022 

A one percent point change in assumed health care cost trend rates would have the following effects (in millions):  

Effect on total of service and interest cost components of net periodic post-retirement 

health care benefit cost 

Effect on the health care component of the accumulated post-retirement benefit 

obligation 

Plan Assets: 

1% Increase 

1% Decrease

$

$

—   $

0.3   $

—

(0.3)

The  Company  has  adopted  a  dynamic  investment  strategy  to  reduce  the  pension  plan’s  investment  risk  as  the  funded  status 
improves. The strategy will reduce the allocation to return seeking assets (primarily equities) and increase the allocation to liability 
hedging assets (primarily fixed income) over time with the intention of reducing the volatility of the funded status and pension costs. 
Based on the plan’s funded status, the Company’s current target allocations are: 0-5% cash, 29-37% equity and 63-71% fixed income. 
The  Company’s  investment  target  also  sets  forth  the  requirement  for  diversification  within  asset  class,  types  and  classes  for 
investments  prohibited  and  permitted,  specific  indices  to  be  used  for  benchmark  in  investment  decisions  and  criteria  for  individual 
securities. 

The fair value measurements of the Pension Plans’ assets by asset category at December 31, 2015 are as follows (in millions):  

Asset Category 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Group trust 

Total 

Quoted Prices in 
Active Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1)

Total

Significant 
Observable Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable Inputs 
(Level 3)

$

$

1.0   $

31.3  

32.3   $

1.0   $
—  

1.0   $

—   $

31.3   

31.3   $

—
—

—

During 2015, the Company discontinued its group annuity contract which consisted primarily of investment grade fixed income 

securities. The Company settled the contract liability for $1.3 million and the excess assets were transferred to the Group Trust. 

66 

  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
    
  
    
  
 
 
 
The fair value measurements of the Pension Plans’ assets by asset category at December 31, 2014 are as follows (in millions): 

Asset Category 

Cash and cash equivalents 
Group trust 
Group annuity contract 

Total 

Quoted Prices in 
Active Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1)

Total

Significant 
Observable Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable Inputs 
(Level 3)

$

$

0.8   $

35.9  
3.7  

40.4   $

0.8   $
—  
—  

0.8   $

—   $

35.9   
3.7   

39.6   $

—
—
—

—

During 2014, the Company reinvested the majority of the plan assets in an investment instrument (“Group Trust”), comprised of 
a  diversified  portfolio  of  investments  across  various  asset  classes,  including  U.S.  and  foreign  equities  and  U.S.  high  yield  and 
investment grade corporate bonds. The Group Trust is valued at the net asset value provided by the administrator of the fund. The net 
asset fair value is based on the value of the underlying assets owned by the fund, minus its liabilities, divided by the number of units 
outstanding. 

Estimated Future Contributions and Benefit Payments 

The Company currently does not expect to make contributions to its pension plan in 2016 and expects to contribute a minimum 

of $0.2 million to its other post-retirements benefits plan. 

Estimated future benefit payments reflecting future service are as follows (in millions): 

Year ending December 31,  

2016 
2017 
2018 
2019 
2020 
2021 through 2025 

Pension Benefits 

Other 
Post-retirement 
Benefits

$

2.8   $
2.8  
3.1  
2.9  
2.9  
12.6  

0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
0.2
1.0

Expected amortization from AOCI into net periodic benefit cost for the year ending December 31, 2016 (in millions): 

Expected amortization of net actuarial loss 

Total expected amortizations for the year ended 

Multi-employer Defined Benefit Plan 

Pension Benefits 
$

0.7   $

$

0.7   $

Other 
Post-retirement  
Benefits

—

—

The Company contributed $0.4 million in each of the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014, and $0.3 million in the year 
ended December 31, 2013, respectively, to multi-employer defined benefit plans under the terms of a collective-bargaining agreement 
that covers its union represented employees. 

Savings Plans 

The Company maintains defined-contribution plans in the U.S., subject to Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code, and in 
Canada, subject to the Income Tax Act. For the year ended December 31, 2015, eligible U.S. employees could elect to contribute, on a 
tax-deferred basis, from 1% to 75% of their compensation to a maximum of $18,000. Eligible U.S. employees over 50 years of age 
could also contribute an additional $6,000 on a tax-deferred basis. In Canada, employees can elect to contribute up to a maximum of 
$24,930 Canadian dollars. As of December 31, 2015, the Company matches 50% of U.S. and Canada employee contributions up to 
6% of base salary for a total maximum company contribution of 3%. Effective January 1, 2016, the maximum contribution available 
to employees in Canada increased to $25,370. For the years ended December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company made matching 
payments of $3.1 million, $3.0 million and $2.8 million, respectively. 

67 

  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
 
12.  Earnings Per Share  

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted net earnings per share (dollars and shares in millions, except 

per share amounts):  

Years Ended December 31,

2015 

Weighted-
Average 
Shares 
Outstanding    

Net 
Income 
Per 
Common 
Share

2014

Weighted-
Average 
Shares 
Outstanding  

Net 
Income 
Per 
Common 
Share

2013

Weighted-
Average 
Shares 
Outstanding  

Net 
Income 
Per 
Common 
Share

Net 
Income    

Net 
Income  

23.1    $ 

2.23   $ 42.7  

23.1   $

1.85   $ 41.6   

23.0   $

1.81

Net 
Income    

$  51.5   

—   
—   
—   

0.1    
—    
0.1    

(0.01)  
—  
(0.01)  

—  
—  
—  

0.1  
0.1  
—  

(0.01)  
(0.01)  
—  

—   
—   
—   

—  
0.2  
—  

(0.01)
(0.01)
—

Basic EPS 

Effect of dilutive 

common share 

equivalents: 

Restricted 

stock units 

Stock options 

Performance shares 

Diluted EPS 

$  51.5   

23.3    $ 

2.21   $ 42.7  

23.3   $

1.83   $ 41.6   

23.2   $

1.79

______________________________________________ 
Note: Basic and diluted earnings per share are calculated based on unrounded actual amounts.  

Stock options to purchase common stock are not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share if their effect would 
be anti-dilutive. There were no anti-dilutive stock options excluded in the computation of diluted earnings per share for 2015, 2014 
and 2013. 

13.  Stock Incentive Plans  

2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan  

On May 25, 2010, the Company’s stockholders approved the 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2010 LTIP”) which provided for 
the granting of awards of the Company’s common stock to officers, employees and non-employee directors. On May 20, 2014, the 
Company’s stockholders approved an amendment to the 2010 LTIP increasing the shares reserved for issuance to 3,131,904 shares of 
the  Company’s  common  stock  and  reapproved  the  performance  measures  that  may  apply  to  awards  granted  thereunder.  The  2010 
LTIP became effective on April 1, 2010 and awards may be made under the plan through March 31, 2020. The available awards under 
the 2010 LTIP include: stock options, stock appreciation rights, RSUs, other stock-based awards and performance shares. The 2010 
LTIP  limits  awards  to  200,000  shares  to  any  one  participant  in  any  one  year.  The  majority  of  awards  issued  under  the  2010  LTIP 
through December 31, 2015, have been RSUs and performance shares, which generally vest over three years. The Company issues 
new shares upon stock option exercises and vesting of RSUs and performance shares. 

Prior Long-Term Incentive Plans 

The 2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2004 LTIP”) provided for issuance of shares of non-qualified stock options and RSUs to 
officers and key employees. The 2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2005 LTIP”) provided for the granting of RSUs to officers and key 
employees. The 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan (“2007 LTIP”) provided for the granting of stock options, RSUs and performance 
share awards of the Company’s common stock to officers, employees and non-employee directors. 

The majority of awards granted by the Company vested over a three-year period: one-third of the awards cliff-vested on the first 
anniversary of the vesting commencement date and the remaining awards vested in equal monthly installments for the 2004 LTIP and 
equal  quarterly  installments  for  the  2005  LTIP  and  the  2007  LTIP,  over  the two-year  period  following  the  first  anniversary  of  the 
vesting commencement date. 

For option grants, the exercise price equaled the fair value of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. Stock options 
expire seven years after the date of grant. RSUs do not have an expiration date. The Company consolidated any previously granted 
shares  that  may  become  available  again  under  the  2004  LTIP  and  2005  LTIP  with  the  2010  LTIP.  Any  shares  subject  to  awards 
granted under 2004 LTIP and 2005 LTIP that (i) expire or otherwise terminate without having been exercised or (ii) are forfeited to or 

68 

  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
repurchased by the Company, will become available for grant under the 2010 LTIP, up to a maximum of 912,000 shares. No further 
grants will be made under the 2004 LTIP, the 2005 LTIP, or the 2007 LTIP. 

The following table summarizes the number of securities to be issued and remaining available for future issuance under all of 

the Company’s stock incentive plans as of December 31, 2015: 

Number of securities 
to be issued upon 
exercise of outstanding 
options and vesting of 
RSUs

Weighted-average 
exercise price of 
outstanding options 
and vesting of RSUs 

Number of securities 
remaining available for 
future issuance under 
equity compensation 
plans (excluding 
securities reflected in 
column 1)

2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan 

-RSUs 

2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan(1) 
2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan(2) 
______________________________________________ 
Includes non-qualified stock options and RSUs. 
(1) 
Includes non-qualified stock options, RSUs and performance shares. 
(2) 

6,104    $
11,415    $
347,423    $

0.01   
8.92   
0.72   

—
—
1,333,236

The  following  table  summarizes  the  activity  for  all  stock  options,  RSUs  and  performance  shares  under  all  of  the  Long-Term 

Incentive Plans (“LTIPs”) for the year ended December 31, 2015: 

   December 31, 2014    

Outstanding 

Granted

Activity during 2015
  Vested / Exercised  

Canceled

Outstanding 

Exercisable

December 31, 2015

Plans 

   Securities 

   Number     Price 

2004 LTIP     Options 

2005 LTIP     RSUs 

2007 LTIP     RSUs 

2,252    $ 9.60   

6,106    0.01   

812    0.01   

   Options 

41,500    10.48   

   Number    
—   

Price   Number   Price   Number   Price    Number 
$ —  

(2,252)   $ 9.60  

—   $ —   

   Price   Number   Price
—   $ —

—    $ —  

—   

—   

—   

—  

—  

—  

—   —  

—   —  

(2)   —   

6,104    0.01  

6,104  

—   —   

812    0.01  

812  

(30,897)   10.79  

—   —   

10,603    9.60  

10,603  

0.01

0.01

9.60

2010 LTIP     RSUs 

   192,618    0.01    63,735 (1)  

0.01  

(91,064)  

0.01  

(1,000)  

0.01    164,289    0.01  

—   —

   Options 

15,000    16.39   

—   

—  

—   —  

—   —   

15,000    16.39  

15,000   16.39

Performance 
shares 

   139,796    0.01    90,263 (2)  
   398,084      

   153,998   

Total 

______________________________________________ 
Note: Price is weighted-average price per share. 

0.01  

(39,930)  

0.01  

(21,995)  

0.01    168,134    0.01  

—   —

(164,143)     

(22,997)     

   364,942      

32,519     

(1) 
(2) 

Consists of non-performance RSUs. 
In  January  2015,  the  Company  awarded  a  maximum  of  90,263  performance  shares  that  would  have  been  received  if  the  highest  level  of  performance  was 
achieved. Based on the actual achievement of the performance criteria, 71,128 performance shares were determined to be earned as of December 31, 2015. 

The aggregate intrinsic value of stock options exercised in 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $1.8 million, $5.2 million and $2.3 million, 
respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of RSUs exercised in 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $5.8 million, $5.3 million and $7.6 million, 
respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of performance shares exercised in 2015, 2014 and 2013 was $2.7 million, $1.1 million and 
$2.6 million, respectively. 

69 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
  
     
  
  
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
     
  
 
 
 
The following table summarizes stock options, RSUs and performance shares that have vested and are expected to vest as of 

December 31, 2015: 

Plans 
2005 LTIP 
2007 LTIP 

2010 LTIP 

Total 

Securities 
RSUs 
RSUs 
Options 
RSUs 
Performance 
shares 
Options 

December 31, 2015

Outstanding

Weighted-Average Remaining 
Contractual Term (years)

Aggregate Intrinsic Value(1)  
(dollars in thousands)

Vested 

Expected to 
vest(2)

Vested

Expected to 
vest(2)

Vested

Expected to 
vest(2)

6,104  
812  
10,603  
—  

—  
15,000  

32,519  

—  
—  
—  
158,670  

166,453  
—  

325,123     

—  
—  
1.0  
—  

—  
2.8  

—   $
—   
—   
—   

—   
—   

500   $
67  
767  
—  

—  
983  

—
—
—
5,222

5,828
—

  $

2,317   $

11,050

______________________________________________ 
(1) 

Aggregate intrinsic value is calculated based upon the difference between the exercise price of options or RSUs and the Company’s closing common stock price 
on December 31, 2015 of $81.94, multiplied by the number of instruments that are vested or expected to vest. Options and RSUs having exercise prices greater 
than the closing stock price noted above are excluded from this calculation.  
Options, RSUs and performance shares that are expected to vest are net of estimated future forfeitures.  

(2) 

The aggregate fair value of options vested in 2015, 2014 and 2013 was zero, $0.3 million and $0.2 million, respectively. The 
aggregate  fair  value  of  RSUs  vested  in  2015,  2014  and  2013  was  $5.8  million,  $5.4  million  and  $8.5  million,  respectively.  The 
aggregate  fair  value  of  performance  shares  vested  in  2015,  2014  and  2013  was  $2.7  million,  $1.1  million  and  $0.9  million, 
respectively. 

Assumptions Used for Fair Value  

The fair values for RSUs and performance shares, which are based on the fair market value of the Company’s stock at date of 
grant,  are  included  below  for  shares  granted  during  2015,  2014  and  2013.  For  stock  options,  the  Company  uses  the  Black-Scholes 
option-pricing model to determine the grant date fair value. Option-pricing models require the input of assumptions that are estimated 
at the date of grant. The Company did not grant stock options in 2015, 2014, or 2013. 

Weighted-average fair value per share of grants: 

RSUs 
Performance shares (1) 

Year Ended December 31,

2015

2014 

2013

$
$

64.94   $
65.19   $

37.14   $
36.80   

49.39
N/A

______________________________________________ 
(1) 

Performance shares awarded in 2013 were ultimately canceled as the Company did not achieve the related performance targets for 2013. 

Stock-based Compensation Expense 

The Company recognized stock-based compensation expense of $8.7 million, $6.1 million and $4.6 million for the years ended 
December 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. Stock-based compensation expense is included in selling, general and administrative 
expenses on the consolidated statements of operations. Stock-based compensation expense recognized for 2015 was calculated based 
on  awards  ultimately  expected  to  vest  and  has  been  reduced  for  estimated  forfeitures.  The  Company’s  forfeiture  experience  since 
inception of its plans has been approximately 4% of the total grants. The historical rate of forfeiture is a component of the basis for 
predicting the future rate of forfeitures, which are also dependent on the remaining service period related to grants and on the limited 
number of approximately 90 plan participants that have been awarded grants since the inception of the Company’s plans. 

As of December 31, 2015, total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested share-based compensation arrangements 

was $4.8 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.3 years. 

70 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
  
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
    
  
  
  
 
  
  
    
    
14.  Stockholders’ Equity 

Amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation  

On May 19, 2015, the Company’s stockholders approved an amendment to the Certificate of Incorporation increasing the total 

number of authorized shares of common stock from 50,000,000 to 100,000,000. 

Dividends 

On October 19, 2011, the Company announced the commencement of a quarterly dividend program. The Company’s intentions 
are to continue increasing its dividends per share over time; however, the payment of any future dividends will be determined by the 
Company’s Board of Directors in light of then existing conditions, including the Company’s earnings, financial condition and capital 
requirements,  strategic  alternatives,  restrictions  in  financing  agreements,  business  conditions  and  other  factors.  The  Credit  Facility 
places certain limits on the Company’s ability to pay cash dividends on its common stock. (See Note 8 - Long-term Debt.) 

The Board of Directors approved the following cash dividends in 2015 (in millions, except per share data): 

Declaration Date 

   Dividends Per Share

Record Date

February 27, 2015 
May 7, 2015 
August 6, 2015 
November 5, 2015 
______________________________________________ 
(1) 

$0.13 
$0.13 
$0.13 
$0.16 

  March 12, 2015 
  May 22, 2015 
  August 21, 2015 
  November 20, 2015 

Includes cash payments on declared dividends and payments made on RSUs vested subsequent to the payment date. 

Cash Payment 
Amount (1) 

$3.1 
$3.0 
$3.0 
$3.7 

Payment Date

  March 26, 2015 
  June 15, 2015 
  September 14, 2015 
  December 15, 2015 

The  Company  paid  total  dividends  of  $12.8  million,  $10.7  million  and  $7.1  million  in  2015,  2014  and  2013,  respectively. 

Dividends declared and paid per common share were $0.55, $0.46 and $0.30 in 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 

On February 24, 2016 the Board of Directors declared a quarterly cash dividend of $0.16 per common share, which is payable 

on March 28, 2016 to shareholders of record as of close of business on March 11, 2016. 

Repurchase of Common Stock 

In May 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors authorized a $30 million increase to its stock repurchase plan. At the time of 
increase,  the  Company  had  $2.3  million  remaining  under  its  stock  repurchase  plan.  The  share  repurchase  program  may  be 
discontinued or amended at any time. The program has no expiration date and expires when the amount authorized has been expended 
or  the  Board  of  Directors  withdraws  its  authorization.  As  of  December 31,  2015  and  2014,  the  Company  had  $11.5  million  and 
$20.7 million, respectively, available for future share repurchases under the program. 

The following table summarizes the Company’s stock repurchase activities for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014: 

Number of shares repurchased  
Average price per share 
Total repurchase costs (in millions) 

Year Ended December 31,
2014
2015 

151,183  

60.70   $
9.2   $

175,917
45.49
8.0

$
$

71 

  
 
 
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
 
15.  Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) 

The components of other comprehensive income (“OCI”) and the related tax effects were as follows (in millions): 

Year Ended December 31, 

2015

2014

2013

Before
Tax

Tax
Effect

  Net 
of 
Tax

Before
Tax

Tax
Effect

  Net 
of 
Tax 

Before
Tax 

Tax
Effect

  Net 
of 
Tax

Defined benefit plan adjustments: 

Net actuarial gain (loss) during the year 
Settlement charge 
Amortization of prior service cost 

included in net income 

Amortization of net actuarial loss 

included in net income 

Net (loss) gain during the year 
Foreign currency translation loss 
Other comprehensive (loss) income 

$ (2.1)   $ 0.9   $ (1.2)   $ (4.8)   $ 1.7   $ (3.1)   $ 3.6   $ (1.5)   $ 2.1
1.0   —   —   —    —   —   —

(0.6)  

1.6

—   —   —   —   —   —   

(0.1)   —  

(0.1)

0.6  

(0.2)  

0.4  

0.3  

(0.1)  

0.2   

0.6  

(0.2)  

0.4

0.1  
0.1  
(4.9)   —  

2.4
(1.5)
$ (4.8)   $ 0.1   $ (4.7)   $ (7.5)   $ 1.6   $ (5.9)   $ 2.6   $ (1.7)   $ 0.9

(4.5)  
1.6  
(3.0)   —  

4.1  
(1.7)  
(1.5)   —  

(2.9)   
(3.0)   

0.2  
(4.9)  

The following table provides a summary of the changes in AOCI for the years presented (in millions): 

Balance as of December 31, 2012 
Other comprehensive income (loss) 
Balance as of December 31, 2013 
Other comprehensive loss 
Balance as of December 31, 2014 
Other comprehensive income (loss) 

Balance as of December 31, 2015 

16.  Segment and Geographic Information 

Defined 
Benefit Plan

Foreign 
Currency 
Translation 

Total

$

$

(10.3)   $
2.4  
(7.9)  
(2.9)  
(10.8)  
0.2  

(10.6)   $

3.7   $
(1.5 )  
2.2   
(3.0 )  
(0.8 )  
(4.9 )  

(5.7)   $

(6.6)
0.9
(5.7)
(5.9)
(11.6)
(4.7)

(16.3)

The  Company  identifies  its  operating  segments  according  to  how  management  reviews,  assesses  and  makes  decisions  about 
operational performance. In 2014, the Company assessed the identification of its operating segments given the organic growth in the 
business as well as the addition of national chain customers, and the way the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) evaluates 
performance  and  makes  decisions.  From  the  perspective  of  the  CODM,  the  Company  is  engaged  primarily  in  the  business 
of distributing  packaged  consumer  products  to  convenience  retail  stores  in  the  U.S.  and  Canada  (collectively  “North  America”), 
which consists  of  customers  that  have  similar  characteristics.  Therefore,  the  Company  has  determined  that  it  has  two  operating 
segments  –  U.S.  and  Canada  that  aggregates  to  one  reportable  segment.  The  Company  presents  its  segment  reporting  information 
based on business operations for each of the two geographic areas in which it operates and also by major product category. 

72 

  
  
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
  
 
 
Information about the Company’s business operations based on the two geographic areas is as follows (in millions):  

Net sales: 

United States 
Canada 
Corporate (1) 
Total 

Income (loss) before income taxes: 

United States 
Canada 
Corporate (2) 
Total 

Interest expense: 
United States 
Canada 
Corporate (3) 
Total 

Depreciation and amortization: 

United States 
Canada 
Corporate (4) 
Total 

Capital expenditures: 
United States 
Canada 

Total 

Year Ended December 31,

2015

2014 

2013

9,829.7   $ 
1,203.5   
36.2   

8,989.0   $
1,250.9  
40.2  

11,069.4   $ 

10,280.1   $

8,618.3
1,114.3
35.0

9,767.6

79.4   $ 
1.7   
1.8   

82.9   $ 

35.0   $ 
0.7   
(33.2)   

2.5   $ 

29.3   $ 
2.4   
6.2   

37.9   $ 

28.6   $ 
1.7   

30.3   $ 

70.8   $
3.2  
(7.6)  

66.4   $

32.0   $
0.7  
(30.3)  

2.4   $

24.9   $
2.8  
4.3  

32.0   $

53.3   $
0.6  

53.9   $

57.3
0.9
7.8

66.0

30.2
0.6
(28.1)

2.7

20.2
2.7
4.3

27.2

15.7
2.3

18.0

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

_____________________________________________ 
(1) 

Consists primarily of external sales made by the Company’s consolidating warehouses, management service fee revenue, allowance for sales returns and certain 
other sales adjustments. 
Consists  primarily  of  expenses  and  other  income,  such  as  corporate  incentives  and  salaries,  LIFO  expense,  health  care  costs,  insurance  and  workers’ 
compensation adjustments, elimination of overhead allocations and foreign exchange gains or losses. The change from 2015 to 2014 is primarily attributable to a 
decrease in LIFO expense. 
Consists primarily of intercompany eliminations for interest. 
Consists primarily of depreciation for the consolidation centers and amortization of intangible assets. The change from 2015 to 2014 is primarily attributable to 
upgrades of ordering technology and the acquisition of Karrys Bros. 

(2) 

(3) 
(4) 

Identifiable assets by geographic area are as follows (in millions): 

Identifiable assets: 
United States 
Canada 

Total 

December 31, 
2015

December 31,
2014 

December 31,
2013

$

$

981.4   $
95.9   

913.8   $
115.8  

1,077.3   $

1,029.6   $

844.8
112.0

956.8

73 

  
  
  
  
 
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
    
    
  
    
    
  
  
  
 
  
    
    
 
The net sales for the Company’s product categories are as follows (in millions):  

Product Category 

Cigarettes 

Food 
Candy (1) 
Other tobacco products 
Health, beauty & general (1) 
Beverages 
Equipment/other 

Total food/non-food products 

Total net sales 

Year Ended December 31,

2015

2014 

2013

Net Sales

   Net Sales

  Net Sales

$

7,528.5   $ 

6,942.0   $

1,586.1   
557.0   
870.3   
368.8   
156.6   
2.1   

1,462.0  
534.3  
827.5  
361.0  
151.8  
1.5  

$
$

3,540.9   $ 
11,069.4   $ 

3,338.1   $
10,280.1   $

6,642.0

1,342.3
513.2
787.8
341.3
139.1
1.9

3,125.6
9,767.6

_____________________________________________ 
(1) 

In 2014, certain products were moved from the Candy category to the Health, beauty & general category to align them with the industry classifications used by 
the National Association of Convenience Stores. The 2013 presentation has been realigned to reflect these changes. Without the changes, net sales for Candy 
would have been $527.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Net sales for Health, beauty & general products would have been $327.3 million for the 
year ended December 31, 2013. 

74 

  
  
  
  
 
17.  Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited) 

The  tables  below  provide  the  Company’s  unaudited  consolidated  results  of  operations  for  each  of  the  four  quarters  in  2015 

and 2014: 

December 31, 
2015

Three Months Ended 
(in millions, except per share data) 
September 30, 
2015

June 30, 
2015 

March 31, 
2015

Net sales — Cigarettes (1) 
Net sales — Food/non-food (1) 
Net sales (1) 
Cost of goods sold (1) 
Gross profit (2) 
Warehousing and distribution expenses (3) 
Selling, general and administrative expenses (4)  
Amortization of intangible assets 
Total operating expenses 
Income from operations 
Interest expense 
Interest income 
Foreign currency losses, net 
Income before income taxes 
Income tax provision 
Net income 
Basic net income per common share (5) 
Diluted net income per common share (5) 
Shares used to compute basic net income 

per common share 

Shares used to compute diluted net income 

$

$
$

1,934.5   
880.6   
2,815.1   
2,645.0   
170.1   
91.7   
48.4   
0.8   
140.9   
29.2   
(0.6)   
0.1   
(0.5)   
28.2   
(10.5)   
17.7   
0.77   
0.75   

$

$
$

2,049.6   
942.0   
2,991.6   
2,820.0   
171.6   
92.8   
52.8   
0.6   
146.2   
25.4   
(0.6)   
0.1   
(0.7)   
24.2   
(9.1)   
15.1   
0.65   
0.65   

$ 

$ 
$ 

1,899.1   
911.3    
2,810.4    
2,651.5    
158.9    
88.6    
47.5    
0.6    
136.7    
22.2    
(0.7 )   
0.1    
(0.2 )   
21.4    
(8.2 )   
13.2    
0.57   
0.57   

$

$
$

23.2   

23.1   

23.1    

per common share 

23.4   

23.3   

23.3    

1,645.3
807.0
2,452.3
2,315.0
137.3
79.5
47.3
0.6
127.4
9.9
(0.6)
0.2
(0.4)
9.1
(3.6)
5.5
0.24
0.24

23.2

23.3

$

$

Excise taxes (1) 
Cigarette inventory holding gains (6) 
Cigarette tax stamp inventory holding gains (7) 
LIFO (income) expense (8) 
Depreciation and amortization 
Stock-based compensation 
Capital expenditures 
____________________________________________ 
(1) 
(2) 
(3)  Warehousing  and  distribution  expenses  are  not  included  as  a  component  of  the  Company’s  cost  of  goods  sold,  this  presentation  may  differ  from  that  of 

Excise taxes are included as a component of net sales and cost of goods sold. 
Includes OTP tax refunds, net of tax assessments, of $0.8 million in Q2 and $0.9 million in Q1 2015. 

607.1   
0.6   
8.3   
3.3   
9.9   
2.7   
10.3   

554.2   
3.8    
—    
3.5    
9.7    
2.1    
11.7    

566.7   
4.7   
0.7   
(7.3)   
9.6   
2.0   
5.6   

483.7
1.0
—
2.4
8.7
1.9
2.7

$ 

$

(4) 

(5) 
(6) 

(7) 

(8) 

other registrants. 
Selling,  general  and  administrative  (“SG&A”)  expenses  include  acquisition  and  integration  of  $1.8  million,  related  primarily  to  the  addition  of  Karrys  Bros. 
consisting of $0.3 million in Q4, $0.4 million in Q3, $0.8 million in Q2, and $0.3 million in Q1. SG&A expenses also include $1.6 million related to pension 
settlements, consisting of $0.7 million in Q4 and $0.9 million in Q3. 
Totals may not agree with full year amounts due to rounding. 
Cigarette  inventory  holding  gains  represent  income  related  to  cigarette  inventories  on  hand  at  the  time  cigarette  manufacturers  increase  their  prices.  Such 
increases are reflected in customer pricing for all subsequent sales, including sales of inventory on hand at the time of the increase. 
Cigarette tax stamp inventory holding gains relate to income earned on cigarette tax stamp inventory quantities on hand at the time taxing jurisdictions increase 
their excise taxes. 
LIFO expense decreased in 2015 was due primarily to a decrease in the PPI for certain product categories we use to measure food/non-food LIFO expense as 
published by the Bureau of Labor Statistics. 

75 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
December 31, 
2014

Three Months Ended 
(in millions, except per share data) 
September 30, 
2014

June 30, 
2014 

March 31, 
2014

Net sales — Cigarettes (1) 
Net sales — Food/non-food (1) 
Net sales (1) 
Cost of goods sold (1) 
Gross profit (2) 
Warehousing and distribution expenses (3) 
Selling, general and administrative expenses (4)  
Amortization of intangible assets 
Total operating expenses 
Income from operations 
Interest expense 
Interest income 
Foreign currency gains (losses), net 
Income before income taxes 
Income tax provision 
Net income 
Basic net income per common share (5) 
Diluted net income per common share (5) 
Shares used to compute basic net income 

per common share 

Shares used to compute diluted net income 

$

$
$

1,764.6   
844.0   
2,608.6   
2,454.0   
154.6   
81.5   
49.5   
0.6   
131.6   
23.0   
(0.6)   
0.2   
(0.1)   
22.5   
(7.9)   
14.6   
0.63   
0.62   

$

$
$

1,858.3   
889.1   
2,747.4   
2,596.0   
151.4   
83.5   
47.0   
0.7   
131.2   
20.2   
(0.5)   
0.1   
0.2   
20.0   
(6.3)   
13.7   
0.59   
0.59   

$ 

$ 
$ 

1,770.8   
852.4    
2,623.2    
2,479.9    
143.3    
78.1    
44.0    
0.7    
122.8    
20.5    
(0.6 )   
0.2    
(0.2 )   
19.9    
(7.9 )   
12.0    
0.52   
0.52   

$

$
$

23.1   

23.1   

23.1    

per common share 

23.4   

23.3   

23.2    

1,548.3
752.6
2,300.9
2,176.5
124.4
75.3
43.9
0.6
119.8
4.6
(0.7)
0.1
—
4.0
(1.6)
2.4
0.11
0.10

23.0

23.2

$

$

Excise taxes (1) 
Cigarette inventory holding gains (6) 
Candy inventory holding gains (7) 
LIFO expense 
Depreciation and amortization 
Stock-based compensation 
Capital expenditures (8) 
______________________________________________ 
(1) 
(2) 
(3)  Warehousing  and  distribution  expenses  are  not  included  as  a  component  of  the  Company’s  cost  of  goods  sold,  this  presentation  may  differ  from  that  of 

Excise taxes are included as a component of net sales and cost of goods sold. 
Includes OTP tax refunds, net of tax assessments, of $6.2 million in Q4 and $2.3 million in Q3 2014. 

567.6   
0.2   
5.2   
6.5   
8.3   
1.5   
9.3   

539.9   
3.3    
—    
4.3    
7.9    
1.5    
9.8    

530.3   
4.2   
0.8   
2.7   
8.6   
1.8   
29.8   

472.5
0.5
—
2.8
7.2
1.3
5.0

$ 

$

other registrants. 
SG&A  expenses  include  acquisition  and  integration  expenses  of  $1.4  million  related  primarily  to  Ohio  and  the  addition  of  new  customers,  consisting  of 
$0.7 million in Q4, $0.6 million in Q3, $0.1 million in Q2, and none in Q1. 
Totals may not agree with full year amounts due to rounding. 
Cigarette  inventory  holding  gains  represent  income  related  to  cigarette  inventories  on  hand  at  the  time  cigarette  manufacturers  increase  their  prices.  Such 
increases are reflected in customer pricing for all subsequent sales, including sales of inventory on hand at the time of the increase. 
Candy inventory holding gains represent income related to candy inventories on hand at the time candy manufacturers increase their prices. Such increases are 
reflected in customer pricing for all subsequent sales, including sales of inventory on hand at the time of the increase. 
Capital expenditures increased in Q4 2014 due primarily to facility projects in Ohio and Sacramento along with expenditures to support our new customers. 

(4) 

(5) 
(6) 

(7) 

(8) 

76 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
ITEM 9. 

CHANGES  IN  AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS  ON  ACCOUNTING  AND  FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE 

None. 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES  

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures  

We conducted, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including the chief executive officer and 
chief  financial  officer,  an  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  design  and  operation  of  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures 
(as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended). Based on our evaluation, the 
chief  executive  officer  and  chief  financial officer  concluded  that,  as  of  December 31,  2015,  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures 
were effective.  

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting  

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in 
Rule 13a-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. We assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting 
as of December 31, 2015. In making this assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of 
the  Treadway  Commission  (COSO)  in  Internal  Control-Integrated  Framework  (2013),  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring 
Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  

Based on this assessment, we concluded that our internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2015.  

Our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  December 31,  2015  has  been  audited  by  Deloitte &  Touche  LLP,  our 

independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report which appears herein.  

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting  

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter of the year ended 
December 31,  2015  that  have  materially  affected,  or  are  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  internal  control  over  financial 
reporting.  

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

77 

 
 
PART III  

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE  

The information required by this item is included in our Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under 
the following captions and is incorporated herein by reference thereto: “Nominees for Director,” “Board of Directors,” “Our Executive 
Officers,” and “Ownership of Core-Mark Common Stock-Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.”  

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION  

The information required by this item is included in our Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under 
the  following  captions  and  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  thereto:  “Board  of  Directors-Director  Compensation,”  “Board  of 
Directors-Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation,” “Compensation Discussion and Analysis,” “Compensation 
Committee Report,” and “Compensation of Named Executives.”  

ITEM 12.  SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND  RELATED 

STOCKHOLDER MATTERS  

The information required by this item is included in our Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under 
the captions “Ownership of Core-Mark Common Stock” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and is incorporated herein by 
reference thereto.  

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE  

The information required by this item is included in our Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under 
the  following  caption  and  is  incorporated  by  reference  herein  by  reference  thereto:  “Board  of  Directors-Certain  Relationships  and 
Related Transactions,” “Board of Directors-Committees of the Board of Directors” and “Board of Directors-Corporate Governance.”  

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES  

The information required by this item is included in our Proxy Statement for the 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders under 
the caption “Ratification of Selection of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm-Auditor Fees” and is incorporated herein by 
reference thereto. 

78 

 
 
ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES  

We have filed the following documents as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K: 

PART IV 

1.  Consolidated Financial Statements 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 
Financial Statements: 

Consolidated Balance Sheets 
Consolidated Statements of Operations 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 

2. 

Financial Statement Schedules 

SCHEDULE II-VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS  
(in millions)  

Year Ended December 31, 2015 

Allowances for: 
Trade receivables 
Inventory reserves 

Year Ended December 31, 2014 

Allowances for: 
Trade receivables 
Inventory reserves 

Year Ended December 31, 2013 

Allowances for: 
Trade receivables 
Inventory reserves 

Balance at 
Beginning of
Period

Charged to
Costs and 
Expenses

  Deductions 

Charged to
Other 
Accounts

Balance at 
End of Period

$

$

$

$

$

$

10.8   $
0.6  
11.4   $

1.3   $
18.6  
19.9   $

(1.3)   $ 
(18.5)   
(19.8)   $ 

0.1   $
—  
0.1   $

9.4   $
0.8  
10.2   $

2.2   $
16.4  
18.6   $

(0.7)   $ 
(16.6)   
(17.3)   $ 

(0.1)   $
—  
(0.1)   $

10.9   $
0.8  

11.7   $

1.1   $
12.7  

13.8   $

(2.6)   $ 
(12.7)   

(15.3)   $ 

—   $
—  

—   $

10.9
0.7
11.6

10.8
0.6
11.4

9.4
0.8

10.2

All  other  schedules  have  been  omitted  because  they  are  not  required,  not  applicable,  or  the  required  information  is 

otherwise included. 

79 

  
  
  
 
  
 
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
  
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
    
    
    
    
  
3. 

Exhibits 

The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:  

Exhibit 
No. 
  2.1 

  3.1 

  3.2 

  3.3 

10.1 

10.2 

10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

EXHIBIT INDEX  

Description 

Third  Amended  and  Revised  Joint  Plan  of  Reorganization  of  Fleming  Companies,  Inc.  and  its  Subsidiaries  Under
Chapter  11 of the  Bankruptcy  Code, dated May  25, 2004  (incorporated by  reference  to  Exhibit  2.1 of  the  Company’s
Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on September 6, 2005). 

Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  Core-Mark  Holding  Company,  Inc.  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  3.1  of  the
Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on September 6, 2005). 

Certificate  of  Amendment  to  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  Core-Mark  Holding  Company,  Inc.  (incorporated  by 
reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 21, 2015). 

Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 
of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on August 18, 2008). 

2004 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Registration Statement on
Form 10 filed on September 6, 2005). 

2005 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of the Company’s Registration Statement on
Form 10 filed on September 6, 2005). 

2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Annex A of the Company’s Proxy Statement on Schedule 
14A filed on April 23, 2007). 

Statement  of  Policy  Regarding  2007  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  99.1  of  the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on May 9, 2007). 

2010  Long-Term  Incentive  Plan  (as  amended,  effective  May  20,  2014)  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Annex  II  of  the
Company’s Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on April 8, 2014). 

Form of Management Option Award Agreement for Awards under the Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. 2004 Long-
Term Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on 
March 12, 2009). 

Form of Non-Employee Director RSU Award Agreement under the Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. 2010 Long-Term 
Incentive Plan. 

Form  of  Management  RSU  Award  Agreement  under  the  Core-Mark  Holding  Company,  Inc.  2010  Long-Term 
Incentive Plan. 

Form  of  Performance  RSU  Award  Agreement  under  the  Core-  Mark  Holding  Company,  Inc.  2010  Long-Term 
Incentive Plan. 

10.10 

Form  of  Indemnification  Agreement  for  Officers  and  Directors  (incorporated  by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.5  of  the
Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on September 6, 2005). 

10.11  Registration Rights Agreement, dated August 20, 2004, among Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. and the parties listed 
on Schedule I attached thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Company’s Registration Statement on
Form 10 filed on September 6, 2005). 

10.12  Credit  Agreement, dated October 12, 2005,  among  Core-Mark Holding  Company,  Inc.,  Core-Mark  International,  Inc., 
Core-Mark Holdings I, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings II, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings III, Inc., Core-Mark Midcontinent, Inc., 
Core-Mark  Interrelated  Companies,  Inc.,  Head  Distributing  Company  and  Minter-Weisman  Co.,  as  Borrowers,  the
Lenders Signatory Thereto as Lenders, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent, General Electric Capital
Corporation  and  Wachovia  Capital  Finance  Corporation  (Western),  as  Co-Syndication  Agents  and  Bank  of  America, 
N.A. and Wells Fargo Foothill, LLC, as Co-Documentation Agents (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 of the
Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on October 21, 2005). 

80 

  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
Exhibit 
No. 
10.13 

10.14 

10.15 

10.16 

10.17 

10.18 

10.19 

10.20 

Description 

First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated December 4, 2007, among Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc., Core-Mark 
International, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings I, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings II, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings III, Inc., Core-Mark 
Midcontinent, Inc., Core-Mark Interrelated Companies, Inc., Head Distributing Company and Minter-Weisman Co., as 
Borrowers,  the  Lenders  Signatory  Thereto  as  Lenders  and  JPMorgan  Chase  Bank,  N.A.,  as  Administrative  Agent
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed on March 12, 2009). 

Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated March 12, 2008, among Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc., Core-Mark 
International, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings I, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings II, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings III, Inc., Core-Mark 
Midcontinent, Inc., Core-Mark Interrelated Companies, Inc., Head Distributing Company and Minter-Weisman Co., as 
Borrowers,  the  Lenders  Signatory  Thereto  as  Lenders  and  JPMorgan  Chase  Bank,  N.A.,  as  Administrative  Agent
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on March 18, 2008). 

Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated February 2, 2010, among Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc., Core-Mark 
International, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings I, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings II, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings III, Inc., Core-Mark 
Midcontinent, Inc., Core-Mark Interrelated Companies, Inc., Head Distributing Company and Minter-Weisman Co., as 
Borrowers,  the  Lenders  Signatory  Thereto  as  Lenders  and  JPMorgan  Chase  Bank,  N.A.,  as  Administrative  Agent 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on February 5, 2010). 

Fourth  Amendment  to  Credit  Agreement,  dated  May  5,  2011,  among  Core-Mark  Holding  Company,  Inc.,  Core-Mark 
International, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings I, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings II, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings III, Inc., Core-Mark 
Midcontinent, Inc., Core-Mark Interrelated Companies, Inc., Head Distributing Company and Minter-Weisman Co., as 
Borrowers,  the  Lenders  Signatory  Thereto  as  Lenders  and  JPMorgan  Chase  Bank,  N.A.,  as  Administrative  Agent
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on May 9, 2011). 

Fifth  Amendment  to  Credit  Agreement,  dated  May  30,  2013,  among  Core-Mark  Holding  Company,  Inc.,  Core-Mark 
International, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings I, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings II, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings III, Inc., Core-Mark 
Midcontinent, Inc., Core-Mark Interrelated Companies, Inc., Head Distributing Company and Minter-Weisman Co., as 
Borrowers,  the  Lenders  Signatory  Thereto  as  Lenders  and  JPMorgan  Chase  Bank,  N.A.,  as  Administrative  Agent
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q filed on August 7, 2013). 

Sixth  Amendment  to  Credit  Agreement,  dated  May  21,  2015,  among  Core-Mark  Holding  Company,  Inc.,  Core-Mark 
International, Inc., Core-Mark Midcontinent, Inc., Core-Mark Interrelated Companies, Inc., Core-Mark Distributors, Inc. 
and Minter-Weisman Co., as Borrowers, the Lenders Signatory Thereto as Lenders and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as
Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on 
May 22, 2015). 

Seventh  Amendment  to  Credit  Agreement,  dated  January  11,  2016,  among  Core-Mark  Holding  Company,  Inc.,  Core-
Mark  International,  Inc.,  Core-Mark  Midcontinent,  Inc.,  Core-Mark  Interrelated  Companies,  Inc.,  Core-Mark 
Distributors,  Inc.  and  Minter-Weisman  Co.,  as  Borrowers,  the  Lenders  Signatory  Thereto  as  Lenders  and  JPMorgan
Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Company’s Current Report
on Form 8-K filed on January 12, 2016). 

Pledge  and  Security  Agreement,  dated  October  12,  2005,  among  Core-Mark  Holding  Company,  Inc.,  Core-Mark 
Holdings I, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings II, Inc., Core-Mark Holdings III, Inc., Core-Mark International, Inc., Core-Mark 
Midcontinent, Inc., Core-Mark Interrelated Companies, Inc., Head Distributing Company, Inc. and Minter-Weisman Co., 
Inc., as Grantors and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Administrative Agent (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13
of the Company’s Registration Statement on Form 10 filed on October 21, 2005). 

11.1 

Statement  of  Computation  of  Earnings  Per  Share  (required  information  contained  within  this  Annual  Report  on
Form 10-K). 

21.1 

List of Subsidiaries of Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc. 

23.1 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. 

31.1 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

31.2 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 

32.1 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350. 

81 

 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
Exhibit 
No. 
32.2 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350. 

Description 

101.INS  XBRL Instance Document 

101.SCH  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document 

101.CAL  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document 

101.DEF  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document 

101.LAB  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document 

101.PRE  XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document 

82 

 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
  
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this 

report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.  

SIGNATURES  

Date:  February 26, 2016 

CORE-MARK HOLDING COMPANY, INC. 

By: /s/ THOMAS B. PERKINS 

Thomas B. Perkins 
President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons 

on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.  

SIGNATURE 

TITLE

DATE

/s/    THOMAS B. PERKINS 

President, Chief Executive Officer and 

February 26, 2016 

Thomas B. Perkins 

   Director (Principal Executive Officer) 

/S/    STACY LORETZ-CONGDON 
Stacy Loretz-Congdon 

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial 
   Officer (Principal Financial Officer) 

/S/    CHRISTOPHER MILLER 
Christopher Miller 

Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer 
   (Principal Accounting Officer) 

February 26, 2016 

February 26, 2016 

/S/    RANDOLPH I. THORNTON 
Randolph I. Thornton 

Chairman of the Board of Directors 

February 26, 2016 

/S/    ROBERT A. ALLEN 
Robert A. Allen 

/S/    STUART W. BOOTH 
Stuart W. Booth 

/S/    GARY F. COLTER 
Gary F. Colter 

/S/    ROBERT G. GROSS 
Robert G. Gross 

/S/    HARVEY L. TEPNER 
Harvey L. Tepner 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

Director 

February 26, 2016 

February 26, 2016 

February 26, 2016 

February 26, 2016 

February 26, 2016 

   /S/    J. MICHAEL WALSH 

Director 

February 26, 2016 

J. Michael Walsh 

83 

  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
(This page has been left blank intentionally.)

C O R E - M A R K   A N N U A L   R E P O R T   2 0 1 5

Corporate Directory & Information

Executive Management

Board of Directors

Thomas B. Perkins
President & Chief Executive 
Officer

Stacy Loretz-Congdon
Senior Vice President &
Chief Financial Officer

Christopher K. Hobson
Senior Vice President,
Sales & Marketing

Scott E. McPherson
Senior Vice President,
Business Operations &  
Strategic Opportunities

William G. Stein
Senior Vice President,
Eastern Divisions

Christopher L. Walsh
Senior Vice President,
Western Division

Eric J. Rolheiser
Senior Vice President &  
President of Canada,  
Northern Division

Christopher M. Miller
Vice President &
Chief Accounting Officer

Randolph I. Thornton
Chairman of the Board
Comdisco Holding Company. Inc.,
President & Chief Executive 
Officer

Thomas B. Perkins
Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc.,
President & Chief Executive 
Officer

Robert A. Allen
Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc.,
Retired Chief Executive Officer

Stuart W. Booth
Central Garden & Pet Company,
Retired Chief Financial Officer

Gary F. Colter
CRS Inc., President

Robert G. Gross
Monro Muffler Brake, Inc.,
Executive Chairman

Harvey L. Tepner
WL Ross & Company, LLC
Former Principal

J. Michael Walsh
Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc.,
Former President &  
Chief Executive Officer

Headquarters
Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc.

395 Oyster Point Boulevard, Suite 415

South San Francisco, CA 94080

Independent Registered Public 
Accounting Firm
Deloitte & Touche LLP

Transfer Agent
Wells Fargo Shareowner Services

1 1 10 Centre Pointe Curve

Mendota Heights, MN 55120

1-800-468-971 6

Annual Shareholders Meeting
The Annual Meeting will be held on May

24th at 10:30 a.m. at the Hyatt Regency 

San Francisco Airport Hotel located at 

1333 Bayshore Hwy, Burlingame, CA 94010

Common Stock Trades
NASDAQ – Global Select under the

symbol CORE

Legal Counsel
Weil, Gotshal & Manges, LLP

Redwood Shores, CA

Investor Relations
For further information about Core-Mark 

Holding Company, Inc. including additional 

copies of this report, Form 10-K or other 

financial information, please contact:

Ms. Milton Gray Draper

Core-Mark Holding Company, Inc.

395 Oyster Point Boulevard, Suite 415

South San Francisco, CA 94080

650-589-9445

Additional Information
www.core-mark.com

395 Oyster Point Boulevard, Suite 415

South San Francisco, CA 94080

www.core-mark.com